ASSET INVESTORS CORP
10-Q, 1997-05-15
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
Previous: AEI REAL ESTATE FUND XVI LTD PARTNERSHIP, 10QSB, 1997-05-15
Next: IMO INDUSTRIES INC, 10-Q, 1997-05-15



================================================================================


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             -----------------------

                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

  X    QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the quarterly period ended March 31, 1997

                                       OR


       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                          Commission file number 1-9360


                           ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                     Maryland                               84-1038736
         (State or other jurisdiction of                  (IRS Employer
          incorporation or organization)               Identification No.)

      3600 South Yosemite Street, Suite 350                   80237
                 Denver, Colorado                           (Zip Code)
     (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                                 (303) 793-2703
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                                 Not Applicable
              (Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year,
                         if Changed Since Last Report.)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No __.

            As of May 1, 1997,  24,873,345 shares of Asset Investors Corporation
Common Stock were outstanding.

================================================================================


<PAGE>

                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    FORM 10-Q

                  FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

    Item 1. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

          Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1997 (unaudited)
          and December 31, 1996.............................................   1

          Statements of Income for the three months ended
          March 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)...............................   2

          Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended
          March 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)...............................   3

          Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited).........................   4

    Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
          and Results of Operations.........................................  10

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION:

    Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K................................  17


                                      (i)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)

                                                                                   March 31,           December 31,
                                                                                     1997                  1996
                                                                                     ----                  ----
                                                                                 (Unaudited)
Assets
<S>                                                                              <C>                   <C>         
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                     $     68,477          $        417
   Non-agency MBS Bonds                                                                    --                68,079
   Investment in Commercial Assets                                                     19,627                19,361
   Other assets, net                                                                      762                 2,487
                                                                                 ------------          ------------

       Total Assets                                                              $     88,866          $     90,344
                                                                                 ============          ============

Liabilities
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                      $      1,070          $        454
   Management fees payable                                                              2,349                   525
   Short-term borrowings                                                                   --                 3,000
                                                                                 ------------          ------------

       Total Liabilities                                                                3,419                 3,979
                                                                                 ------------          ------------

Stockholders' Equity
   Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized;
     24,843,345 and 24,840,140 shares issued and outstanding, respectively                248                   248
   Additional paid-in capital                                                         228,759               228,753

   Cumulative dividends                                                              (240,727)             (238,367)
   Cumulative net income                                                               97,802                90,638
                                                                                 ------------          ------------
     Dividends in excess of net income                                               (142,925)             (147,729)

   Unrealized holding (losses) gains on debt securities                                  (635)                5,093
                                                                                 ------------          ------------

       Total Stockholders' Equity                                                      85,447                86,365
                                                                                 ------------          ------------

       Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                $     88,866          $     90,344
                                                                                 ============          ============
</TABLE>


           See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (In thousands, except per share data)
                                   (Unaudited)

                                                                                           Three Months Ended
                                                                                               March 31,
                                                                                               ---------
                                                                                          1997            1996
                                                                                          ----            ----
Revenues
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>      
    Non-agency MBS bonds                                                               $   2,000       $   2,830
    Equity in earnings of Commercial Assets                                                  464             437
    Interest and other income                                                                 52              86
                                                                                       ---------       ---------
         Total revenues                                                                    2,516           3,353
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Expenses
    Management fees                                                                          277             452
    General and administrative expenses                                                      336             498
    Interest expense                                                                          26              --
                                                                                       ---------       ---------
         Total expenses                                                                      639             950
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Net income before gain on resecuritization of non-agency MBS bonds                         1,877           2,403

Gain on resecuritization of non-agency MBS bonds                                           7,359              --
Management fees on resecuritization of non-agency MBS bonds                               (2,072)             --
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Net income                                                                             $   7,164       $   2,403
                                                                                       =========       =========

Net income per share                                                                   $     .29       $     .10
                                                                                       =========       =========

Weighted-average shares outstanding                                                       24,841          24,365

Dividends per share                                                                    $    .095       $    .090

</TABLE>


           See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)

                                                                                           Three Months Ended
                                                                                                March 31,
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                        1997                1996
                                                                                        ----                ----
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>      
   Net income                                                                        $   7,164           $   2,403
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating
     activities:
     Accretion of discounts on non-agency MBS bonds                                        469                 484
     Equity in earnings of Commercial Assets                                              (464)               (437)
     Decrease in other assets                                                              405                 208
     Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                2,440                 365
     Gain on resecuritization of non-agency MBS bonds                                   (7,359)                 --
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

   Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities                                             2,655               3,023
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

Cash Flows From Investing Activities
   Acquisition of non-agency MBS bonds                                                      --              (4,157)
   Principal collections on non-agency MBS bonds                                           510                 604
   Indemnifications from non-agency MBS bonds                                               37                 165
   Dividends from Commercial Assets                                                        469                 469
   Proceeds from resecuritization of non-agency MBS bonds                               69,743                  --
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

   Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities                                  70,759              (2,919)
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

Cash Flows From Financing Activities
   Dividends paid                                                                       (2,360)             (2,192)
   Decrease in short-term borrowings, net                                               (3,000)                 --
   Issuance of Common Stock                                                                  6                  --
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

   Net Cash Used In Financing Activities                                                (5,354)             (2,192)
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

Cash and Cash Equivalents
   Increase (decrease)                                                                  68,060              (2,088)
   Beginning of period                                                                     417               5,328
                                                                                     ---------           ---------

   End of period                                                                     $  68,477           $   3,240
                                                                                     =========           =========

</TABLE>


           See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                     - 3 -

<PAGE>


                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)


A.       The Company

         Asset Investors Corporation (the "Company") is a real estate investment
trust ("REIT") that was  incorporated  under Maryland law in 1986. Its shares of
common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common  Stock"),  are listed on the New
York Stock Exchange  under the symbol "AIC." The Company  invests in real estate
assets and owns approximately 27% of the common stock of Commercial Assets, Inc.
(American Stock Exchange, Inc.: CAX) ("Commercial Assets"). Commercial Assets is
a publicly-traded REIT formed by the Company in August 1993 under Maryland law.

         The Company's  asset  acquisition  and other policies are determined by
its Board of  Directors.  The  Company's  By-laws,  as amended,  require  that a
specified  number  of the  Board of  Directors  and each  committee  thereof  be
comprised  of  persons  constituting  Independent  Directors.  Pursuant  to  the
Company's By-laws,  an Independent  Director is a person "who is not affiliated,
directly or indirectly,  with the person or entity  responsible for directing or
performing the day-to-day  business  affairs of the corporation (the "advisor"),
including a person or entity to which the advisor subcontracts substantially all
of such functions,  whether by ownership of, ownership  interest in,  employment
by, any material business or professional relationship with, or by serving as an
officer of the advisor or an affiliated business entity of the advisor."

         Multi-Step Plan to Maximize  Stockholder  Value - In February 1997, the
Board of Directors  adopted a multi-step  plan (the "1997 Plan") to  restructure
the  Company's  asset  base and  redeploy  its  assets in order to reduce  risks
associated  with the  Company's  non-agency  MBS  bond  portfolio  and  maximize
long-term, risk-adjusted returns to stockholders. In March 1997, under the first
step of the 1997 Plan, the Company  contributed  its portfolio of non-agency MBS
bonds into a structured transaction in which the Company retained a small equity
interest.   The  Company   plans  to  reinvest  the  cash   proceeds   from  the
resecuritization  of non-agency MBS bonds in the structured  transaction in real
estate,  a step which would likely reduce its return on assets from 1996 levels,
shift the Company's  strategic emphasis to achieving capital  appreciation,  and
also reduce the risk borne by the Company in its portfolio.

         In addition,  under the 1997 Plan, the Company converted to an umbrella
partnership real estate investment trust ("UPREIT"). The Company contributed its
assets  to an  operating  partnership  while  retaining  the  general  partner's
interest. The Company anticipates that the operating partnership will facilitate
the future acquisition of real estate.

         The  1997  Plan  also  provides  for  consideration  of  the  Company's
acquisition  of Financial  Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager"),  a step which
would  result in the  Company  becoming  self-managed  and fully  integrated.  A
special committee of Independent Directors has been established to evaluate this
acquisition.  The special  committee  has engaged a financial  advisor to assist
them in their evaluation.

B.       Presentation of Financial Statements

         The  Condensed   Consolidated   Financial  Statements  of  the  Company
presented herein have been prepared by the Company,  without audit,  pursuant to
the rules and  regulations  of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

financial  statements  reflect  all  adjustments,   consisting  of  only  normal
recurring  accruals,  which,  in the opinion of  management,  are  necessary  to
present fairly the financial  position,  results of operations and cash flows of
the  Company as of March 31,  1997,  and for the  period  then ended and for all
prior periods  presented.  These statements are condensed and do not include all
the information required by generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in
a  full  set of  financial  statements.  These  statements  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and notes
thereto  included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1996.

         Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  in  the  1996  Condensed
Consolidated  Financial Statements to conform to the classifications used in the
current year.

C.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         Principles  of  Consolidation  - The Condensed  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  include the accounts of the Company and its wholly  owned  corporate
subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in  consolidation.  The Company's  investment in Commercial Assets is
recorded  under the equity  method.  The Company has recorded its  proportionate
share  of  the  unrealized  holding  losses  on the  commercial  mortgage-backed
securities ("CMBS bonds") of Commercial Assets.

         Income  Taxes - The Company  operates  in a manner  that  permits it to
qualify for the income tax  treatment  accorded to a REIT,  as defined under the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").  Accordingly,  the
Company's taxable income ("REIT income") is not subject to federal income tax at
the corporate  level.  Accordingly,  no provision for taxes has been made in the
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

         In order to maintain  its status as a REIT,  the Company  generally  is
required,  among other things,  to distribute  annually (as determined under the
Code)  to its  stockholders  at  least  95%  of its  REIT  income  prior  to the
"dividends paid  deduction." The Company also is required to meet certain asset,
income and stock ownership tests.

         Statements of Cash Flows - For purposes of reporting  cash flows,  cash
maintained in bank accounts,  money market funds and overnight cash  investments
are  considered  to be cash and cash  equivalents.  The  Company  made  interest
payments of $42,000 during the three months ended March 31, 1997.

         Non-cash investing and financing  activities for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and 1996 were as follows (in thousands):

                                                                  March 31,
                                                                  ---------
                                                             1997           1996
                                                             ----           ----

Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities    $  5,728        $   22

Distributions of Common Stock pursuant to DERs            $     --        $   87


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>


D.       Non-agency MBS Bonds

         As  of  December  31,  1996,   the  Company  owned  debt  interests  in
residential   mortgage   loan   securitizations   collateralized   by  pools  of
non-conforming (non-agency guaranteed) single-family mortgage loans ("non-agency
MBS bonds").  In March 1997, the Company  resecuritized its non-agency MBS bonds
by contributing them to an owner trust in which it retained the equity interest.
In a private  placement,  the trust sold  $199,894,000  principal amount of debt
securities  representing  senior  interests  in the  trust's  assets.  The  debt
securities are without  recourse to the Company.  The Company's  equity interest
represents the first-loss  class of the portfolio,  providing credit support for
the senior debt securities.  The equity interest has minimal economic value, and
accordingly, has no carrying value in the financial statements.

         The outstanding principal balance of the 214 non-agency MBS bonds owned
by the Company at December 31, 1996, was  $224,579,000,  less total  unamortized
discounts and allowance  for credit losses of  $162,500,000  for a net amortized
cost of  $62,079,000.  The portfolio was  classified as  available-for-sale  and
included  $6,000,000  of  unrealized  holding  gains at December 31,  1996.  The
Company  realized a gain of $7,359,000 from the  resecuritization  of non-agency
MBS bonds in a  structured  transaction  during the three months ended March 31,
1997.


E.       Investment in Commercial Assets

         On March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,  the Company  owned  2,761,126
shares (approximately 27%) of the common stock of Commercial Assets.  Commercial
Assets is a REIT which manages ownership  interests in commercial  mortgage loan
securitizations  of multi-family  real estate.  The mortgages which comprise the
collateral  for   Commercial   Assets'  CMBS  bonds  are  secured  by  apartment
communities  in 36 states.  Approximately  25%, 12% and 8% of the mortgage loans
are  collateralized by properties in Texas,  Arizona and Georgia,  respectively.
Presented below is the summarized financial  information of Commercial Assets as
reported by Commercial Assets (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Balance Sheets                                                                      March 31,           December 31,
                                                                                      1997                 1996
                                                                                      ----                 ----
                                                                                  (Unaudited)

CMBS bonds, net of $2,374 and $3,389
<S>                                                                                 <C>                   <C>      
   of unrealized holding losses                                                     $  67,368             $  61,460
Cash and other assets                                                                   6,076                10,946
                                                                                    ---------             ---------

   Total Assets                                                                        73,444                72,406

   Total Liabilities                                                                      529                   487
                                                                                    ---------             ---------

Stockholders' Equity                                                                $  72,915             $  71,919
                                                                                    =========             =========

</TABLE>


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Three Months Ended
                                                                                               March 31,
                                                                                               ---------
Statements of Income                                                                   1997                  1996
                                                                                     --------              --------
                                                                                              (Unaudited)

<S>                                                                                  <C>                   <C>     
CMBS bonds                                                                           $  2,044              $  2,311
Interest                                                                                  111                     7
                                                                                     --------              --------
    Total revenues                                                                      2,155                 2,318
                                                                                     --------              --------

Management fees                                                                           297                   378
General and administrative                                                                123                   330
Interest                                                                                   --                     3
                                                                                     --------              --------
    Total expenses                                                                        420                   711
                                                                                     --------              --------

Net Income                                                                           $  1,735              $  1,607
                                                                                     ========              ========
</TABLE>

         According  to  Commercial  Assets,  at March 31, 1997 and  December 31,
1996, it had  $2,374,000 and  $3,389,000,  respectively,  of unrealized  holding
losses on its CMBS bonds. The Company's share of these unrealized holding losses
on CMBS bonds of $635,000 and $907,000, respectively, is recorded as a reduction
in the carrying value of its investment in Commercial  Assets and as a component
of stockholders' equity.

F.       Short-Term Borrowings

         On  July  19,  1996,  the  Company  renewed  its  one-year,  $1,000,000
unsecured  line of credit.  Advances  under this line bear interest at the prime
rate. At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,  there were no  borrowings  under
this line of credit.

         On July 24, 1996, the Company  secured a $10,000,000  revolving  credit
and term loan agreement with a bank. The loan was  collateralized  by certain of
the Company's  non-agency  MBS bonds with a net carrying value of $19,461,000 at
December 31, 1996.  At December 31,  1996,  $3,000,000  was borrowed  under this
credit  facility at an average  effective  interest rate of 8.25%.  The loan was
repaid  and  agreement   canceled  on  March  18,  1997,  as  a  result  of  the
resecuritization  of the non-agency MBS bonds. One of the Company's  Independent
Directors is a member of the Board of Directors of the parent holding company of
the bank.

G.       Other Matters

         The  Company's  day-to-day  operations  are  performed  by its  Manager
pursuant  to a  management  agreement  (the  "Management  Agreement")  which  is
extended  annually and  currently is in effect  through  December 31, 1997.  The
Management  Agreement was approved by a majority of the  Independent  Directors.
Pursuant to the  Management  Agreement,  the Manager  advises the Company on its
business and oversees its day-to-day  operations  subject to the  supervision of
the Company's  Board of  Directors.  The Manager also is obligated to present to
the Company asset  acquisition  opportunities  consistent  with the policies and
objectives  of the Company and to furnish the Board of  Directors of the Company
with information concerning the acquisition,  holding and disposition of assets.
The terms  appearing in quotes below which are not defined herein are defined in
the Management Agreement.

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

         The Manager  receives  various fees for the advisory and other services
performed in connection with the Management Agreement.  The Manager provides all
personnel and certain  overhead items (at its expense)  necessary to conduct the
regular business of the Company.

         Pursuant to the  Management  Agreement,  through  March 31,  1997,  the
Manager received a "Base Fee," an "Incentive Fee" and an  "Administrative  Fee,"
all of which were payable  quarterly per the terms of the Management  Agreement.
The Base Fee was an  annual  fee  equal  to 3/8 of 1% of the  "average  invested
assets" of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year. The Incentive Fee was
equal to 20% of the  amount of the  Company's  net book  income,  calculated  in
accordance  with  GAAP,  which  was in excess  of the  return  on the  Company's
"average net worth" equal to the "Ten-Year U.S. Treasury Rate" plus one percent.
The Manager performed certain bond administration and other related services for
the Company pursuant to the Management  Agreement and received an Administrative
Fee of up to $3,500 per annum per non-agency MBS bond for such services.

         In connection  with the planned change in portfolio  assets pursuant to
the 1997 Plan, the Independent Directors of the Company approved an amendment to
the Management Agreement,  effective April 1, 1997, that: (i) increased the Base
Fee from 3/8 of 1% to 1% per annum of "average  invested  assets;" (ii) provided
for an acquisition fee (the "Acquisition  Fee") of 1/2 of 1% of the cost of real
estate investments  charged at acquisition;  and (iii) changed the Incentive Fee
to be calculated from Funds Available for Distribution and Reinvestment ("FADR")
rather than net book income.  FADR is  representative of the cash flow generated
by the Company and is equal to the  Company's  net book income  adjusted by: (i)
amortization  of the  discount  on the  non-agency  MBS  bonds;  (ii)  principal
receipts and  indemnifications  from the non-agency MBS bonds; and (iii) certain
non-cash expenditures.  The Administrative Fee will be substantially  eliminated
as a result of the  resecuritization  of the non-agency MBS bonds. The amendment
to the Management  Agreement was intended to align the fee structure with equity
interests in real estate, the new portfolio assets to be held.

         During the three  months  ended  March 31,  1997 and 1996,  the Company
incurred management fees of $277,000 and $452,000, respectively,  including: (i)
Base Fees of $46,000 and $53,000,  respectively;  (ii) Incentive Fees of $32,000
and  $235,000,  respectively;  and (iii)  Administrative  Fees of  $199,000  and
$164,000,  respectively.  No  acquisition  fees were  incurred  during the three
months ending March 31, 1997 or 1996.

         The Company also incurred $1,472,000 of Incentive Fees during the three
months  ended  March  31,  1997,  from the gain on the  resecuritization  of the
non-agency  MBS  bonds and an added  value fee of  $600,000  to  compensate  the
Manager for agreeing to continue as a loss mitigation  advisor on the non-agency
MBS bonds.  Because the Manager has agreed to continue on as the loss mitigation
advisor  on the  non-agency  MBS bonds,  the  Company  was able to realize  more
proceeds and a higher gain from the structured  transaction  than if the Manager
did not continue as the loss mitigation advisor. The added value fee paid to the
manager represents a portion of the increased proceeds and higher gain.

         The  Company's  1997 Plan provides for  consideration  of the Company's
acquisition  of the Manager,  a step which would result in the Company  becoming
self-managed and fully integrated.  A special committee of Independent Directors
has been  established to evaluate this  transaction.  The special  committee has
engaged a financial advisor to assist them in their evaluation.

         At March 31, 1997, the Company's net operating  loss ("NOL")  carryover
was  approximately  $96,000,000 and its capital loss carryover was approximately
$35,000,000.  The NOL  carryover  may be used to offset  all or a portion of the


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

Company's REIT income,  and as a result, to reduce the amount of income that the
Company must  distribute to  stockholders  to maintain its status as a REIT. The
NOL carryover is scheduled to expire  between 2007 and 2009 and the capital loss
carryover is scheduled to expire between 1998 and 2000.

H.       Subsequent Event

         On May 14, 1997, the Company acquired  interests in eight  manufactured
housing  communities and a related  manufactured  housing  community  management
business for an  aggregate  purchase  price of  approximately  $29,400,000.  The
consideration  was   approximately   $22,900,000  of  cash,  the  assumption  of
approximately $5,000,000 of existing debt, 363,372 shares of Common Stock of the
Company and 91,760 Operating Partnership Units of the Company.

         The  properties  acquired  are eight adult  communities  located in the
Tampa,  Florida  area  consisting  of 1,540 home sites with the  opportunity  to
develop  and  lease an  additional  364 home  sites on an  earn-out  basis.  The
management  business  acquired serves these eight communities plus an additional
four communities with 477 home sites located in the same market area.


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>


Item 2.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

         The Company is a REIT that was incorporated under Maryland law in 1986.
Its shares of Common Stock are listed on the New York Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol  "AIC." The  Company  invests in real  estate  assets and owns 27% of the
common stock of Commercial Assets, a publicly-traded  REIT formed by the Company
in August 1993.

         The Company  operates  in a manner  that  permits it to qualify for the
income  tax  treatment  accorded  to a REIT  under  the Code.  Accordingly,  the
Company's REIT income, with certain limited exceptions,  is not subject to state
or federal  income tax at the  corporate  level.  In order to maintain  its REIT
status, the Company is required,  among other things, to distribute annually (as
determined  under the Code) to its  stockholders at least 95% of its REIT income
prior to the  "dividends  paid  deduction."  The Company  must also meet certain
asset, income and stock ownership tests.

         The Company's  asset  acquisition  and other policies are determined by
its Board of  Directors.  The  Company's  By-laws,  as amended,  require  that a
specified  number  of the  Board of  Directors  and each  committee  thereof  be
comprised  of  persons  constituting  Independent  Directors.  Pursuant  to  the
Company's By-laws,  an Independent  Director is a person "who is not affiliated,
directly or indirectly,  with the person or entity  responsible for directing or
performing the day-to-day  business  affairs of the corporation (the "advisor"),
including a person or entity to which the advisor subcontracts substantially all
of such functions,  whether by ownership of, ownership  interest in,  employment
by, any material business or professional relationship with, or by serving as an
officer of the advisor or an affiliated business entity of the advisor."

         The  Company's  day-to-day  operations  are  performed  by the Manager,
pursuant to the Management  Agreement which is extended  annually subject to the
approval of a majority of the Independent  Directors.  The Manager is subject to
the  supervision of the Board of Directors.  As part of its duties,  the Manager
presents the Company with asset  acquisition  opportunities  consistent with the
policies and objectives of the Company and furnishes the Board of Directors with
information  concerning the acquisition,  holding and disposition of assets. The
Company has no employees.  Certain employees of the Manager have been designated
as officers of the Company.

         The Company has previously conducted its operations so as not to become
regulated as an investment  company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended  (the "1940  Act").  The 1940 Act  exempts  entities  that,  directly or
through majority-owned  subsidiaries,  are "primarily engaged in the business of
purchasing or otherwise  acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in
real estate" ("Qualifying  Interests").  In order to qualify for this exemption,
the Company,  among other  things,  must  maintain at least 55% of its assets in
Qualifying  Interests and may also be required to maintain an additional  25% in
Qualifying Interests or other real estate-related securities. As a result of the
resecuritization,  the Company holds insufficient  Qualifying Interests to claim
this exemption.  The Company does not now engage, nor has it engaged or intended
to engage in the business of investing,  reinvesting, owning, holding or trading
of securities. Since the closing of resecuritization,  the Company has taken the
steps  necessary to give itself the benefits of a temporary  exemption under the
1940 Act. In carrying out the 1997 Plan, the Company's intends that any new real
estate  assets  acquired  will be  Qualifying  Interests.  See "FORWARD  LOOKING
INFORMATION" below.

         Multi-Step Plan to Maximize  Stockholder  Value - In February 1997, the
Board of Directors adopted the 1997 Plan to restructure the Company's asset base


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

and redeploy its assets in order to reduce risk  associated  with the  Company's
non-agency MBS bond portfolio and maximize long-term,  risk-adjusted  returns to
shareholders.  Under the first step of the 1997 Plan, the Company  completed the
resecuritization  of its  portfolio of non-agency  MBS bonds in March 1997.  The
Company  contributed  its  non-agency  MBS  bonds to an owner  trust in which it
retained  an  equity  interest.  The  owner  trust  then  sold  debt  securities
representing  senior  interests  in the trust's  assets.  The  Company's  equity
interest  in the  trust  represents  the  first-loss  class  of  the  portfolio,
providing  credit support for the senior debt  securities.  Future earnings from
the  retained  equity  interest  are not  considered  probable  because they are
dependent  upon  the  credit  losses  on  the  underlying  mortgage  collateral.
Accordingly, the Company's equity interest in the trust has no carrying value in
the financial statements.

         The   Company   plans  to   reinvest   the  cash   proceeds   from  the
resecuritization  in real estate, a step which would likely reduce its return on
assets  from  1996  levels,  shift  the  Company's  strategic  emphasis  to  the
management  of income  producing  real estate with the  potential  of  achieving
capital  appreciation,  and also reduce the investment risk borne by the Company
in its portfolio.

         On May 14, 1997, the Company acquired  interests in eight  manufactured
housing  communities and a related  manufactured  housing  community  management
business for an  aggregate  purchase  price of  approximately  $29,400,000.  The
consideration  was   approximately   $22,900,000  of  cash,  the  assumption  of
approximately $5,000,000 of existing debt, 363,372 shares of Common Stock of the
Company and 91,760 Operating Partnership Units of the Company.

         The  properties  acquired  are eight adult  communities  located in the
Tampa,  Florida  area  consisting  of 1,540 home sites with the  opportunity  to
develop  and  lease an  additional  364 home  sites on an  earn-out  basis.  The
management  business  acquired serves these eight communities plus an additional
four communities with 477 home sites located in the same market area.

         In addition,  under the 1997 Plan, the Company  converted to an UPREIT.
The Company  contributed its assets to an operating  partnership while retaining
the general  partner's  interest.  The Company  anticipates  that the  operating
partnership will facilitate the future acquisition of real estate.

         The  1997  Plan  also  provides  for  consideration  of  the  Company's
acquisition  of its Manager,  a step which would result in the Company  becoming
self-managed and fully integrated.  A special committee of Independent Directors
has been  established to evaluate this  acquisition.  The special  committee has
engaged a financial advisor to assist them in their evaluation.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE
                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996

         The table below summarizes the Company's  results of operations  during
the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 (in  thousands,  except per share
data).
                                                                                          Three Months Ended
                                                                                               March 31,
                                                                                               ---------
                                                                                          1997            1996
                                                                                          ----            ----
Revenues
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>      
    Non-agency MBS bonds                                                               $   2,000       $   2,830
    Equity in earnings of Commercial Assets                                                  464             437
    Interest and other income                                                                 52              86
                                                                                       ---------       ---------
         Total revenues                                                                    2,516           3,353
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Expenses
    Management fees                                                                          277             452
    General and administrative expenses                                                      336             498
    Interest expense                                                                          26              --
                                                                                       ---------       ---------
         Total expenses                                                                      639             950
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Book income prior to gain on structured transaction                                        1,877           2,403

Gain on structured transaction                                                             7,359              --
Management fees on structured transaction                                                 (2,072)             --
                                                                                       ---------       ---------

Book income                                                                            $   7,164       $   2,403
                                                                                       =========       =========
Book income per share                                                                  $     .29       $     .10
                                                                                       =========       =========

Estimated REIT income                                                                  $     932       $   3,860
                                                                                       =========       =========
Estimated REIT income per share                                                        $     .04       $     .16
                                                                                       =========       =========

Dividends                                                                              $   2,360       $   2,192
                                                                                       =========       =========
Dividends per share                                                                    $    .095       $    .090
                                                                                       =========       =========

Weighted-average shares outstanding                                                       24,841          24,365
</TABLE>

Book Income

         Non-agency MBS Bonds - Income  computed in accordance  with GAAP ("book
income") from the Company's  non-agency MBS bonds decreased to $2,000,000 during
the first quarter of 1997 compared with  $2,830,000  for the same period in 1996
primarily due to the  resecuritization  of the bonds. The Company  completed the
resecuritization of its non-agency MBS bonds in March 1997.

         In connection with the  transaction,  the Company realized net proceeds
of $69,743,000  before related management fees. A gain of $7,359,000 is included
in results of operations  for the three months ended March 31, 1997,  along with
$1,472,000 of Incentive Fees during the three months ended March 31, 1997,  from
resecuritization  of non-agency MBS bonds related to the gain and an added value
fee of $600,000  to  compensate  the Manager for  agreeing to continue as a loss
mitigation  advisor on the non-agency MBS bonds.  Because the Manager has agreed


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

to continue on as the loss mitigation  advisor on the non-agency MBS bonds,  the
Company was able to realize more proceeds and a higher gain from the  structured
transaction. The added value fee paid to the manager represents a portion of the
increased  proceeds and higher gain.  The portfolio of non-agency  MBS bonds was
classified as  available-for-sale  and included $6,000,000 of unrealized holding
gains at December 31, 1996.

         Commercial  Assets - Income  from the  Company's  shares of  Commercial
Assets  (which,  for book income  purposes,  is based on the  Company's pro rata
share of  Commercial  Assets'  book income) for the three months ended March 31,
1997  and  1996 was  $464,000  and  $437,000,  respectively.  Commercial  Assets
reported  to the  Company  that the  increase  in  income  is  primarily  due to
increased  interest income and lower management fees and general  administrative
expenses  partially  offset by lower  revenues from the early  redemption of two
CMBS bonds in May 1996.

         At March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,  Commercial Assets' CMBS bonds
had outstanding principal balances of $94,921,000 and $89,297,000, respectively,
and weighted-average coupons of 8.05% and 8.15%,  respectively.  The increase in
the outstanding  principal balance and decrease  weighted-average  coupon of the
CMBS bonds from December 31, 1996 to March 31, 1997, was primarily the result of
the March 1997 contribution of two of the CMBS bonds (Lehman Capital Corporation
Trust  Certificate,  Series 1994-2 and Series 1994-3) into a newly created trust
(Blaylock Mortgage Capital Corporation  Multi-family  Trust).  Interests in bond
classes  within the same CMBS  issuance  which were owned by another  party were
also contributed to the trust. The trust then issued seven classes of CMBS bonds
collateralized by the CMBS bond classes  contributed into the trust. The Company
received an interest in five of the new bond classes which  corresponded  to the
Company's  ownership  interests in the two bonds  contributed to the trust.  The
Company also acquired the remaining  $5,737,000  principal balance of two of the
new bond classes rated BB and B at a cost of  $4,801,000,  which resulted in the
100%  ownership  in the five  subordinate  new  classes.  The  coupon on the new
classes is 6.425% compared to the coupon of 6.5% on the original two classes.

         According  to  Commercial  Assets,  at March 31, 1997 and  December 31,
1996, it had  $2,374,000 and  $3,389,000,  respectively,  of unrealized  holding
losses  on its CMBS  bonds.  The  Company's  share of these  unrealized  holding
losses,  $635,000  and  $907,000 as of March 31,  1997 and  December  31,  1996,
respectively,  was  recorded  as a  reduction  in  the  carrying  value  of  its
investment in Commercial Assets and as a component of stockholders' equity.

         Interest and Other Income - Interest and other income  decreased during
the three  months ended March 31,  1997,  compared  with the same period in 1996
because of lower  average cash  balances  prior to the  resecuritization  of the
non-agency MBS bonds.

         Management  Fees -  Included  in  Management  Fees are  Incentive  Fees
incurred by the Company along with Base Fees and Administrative  Fees applicable
to the  non-agency  MBS bonds  prior to the  resecuritization.  Management  Fees
decreased to $277,000 during the three months ended March 31, 1997 compared with
$452,000 for the same period in 1996  primarily due to the  resecuritization  of
the  non-agency  MBS bonds in March 1997 which  resulted  in lower Base Fees and
lower  income for  purposes of  calculating  Incentive  Fees.  In  addition,  an
increase in the average  Ten-Year  U.S.  Treasury Rate had the effect of raising
the threshold above which Incentive Fees are paid.

         In connection  with the planned change in portfolio  assets pursuant to
the 1997 Plan, the Independent Directors of the Company approved an amendment to
the Management Agreement,  effective April 1, 1997, that: (i) increased the Base
Fee from 3/8 of 1% to 1% per annum of "average  invested  assets;" (ii) provided


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

for an acquisition fee (the "Acquisition  Fee") of 1/2 of 1% of the cost of real
estate investments  charged at acquisition;  and (iii) changed the Incentive Fee
to be calculated from Funds Available for Distribution and Reinvestment ("FADR")
rather than net book income.  FADR is  representative of the cash flow generated
by the Company and is equal to the  Company's  net book income  adjusted by: (i)
amortization  of the  discount  on the  non-agency  MBS  bonds;  (ii)  principal
receipts and  indemnifications  from the non-agency MBS bonds; and (iii) certain
non-cash expenditures.  The Administrative Fee will be substantially  eliminated
as a result of the  structured  transaction  of the  non-agency  MBS bonds.  The
amendment to the  Management  Agreement  was intended to align the fee structure
with equity interests in real estate, the new portfolio assets to be held.

         The 1997 Plan provides for  consideration of the Company's  acquisition
of the Manager,  a step which would result in the Company becoming  self-managed
and fully  integrated.  A special  committee of the Board of Directors  has been
established to evaluate this  transaction.  If the Company acquires the Manager,
management  fees  will be  discontinued,  but the  Company  will  receive  other
revenues  and be  obligated  for  expenses  of the  Manager.  The  impact of the
potential  acquisition  on the  Company's  earnings  and  cashflow  is, in part,
dependent upon the  consideration  paid for the Manager and currently  cannot be
estimated. See "FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION" below.

         General  and  Administrative  Expenses  -  General  and  administrative
expenses  decreased during the three months ended March 31, 1997,  compared with
the same period in 1996 due primarily to the elimination of Dividend  Equivalent
Rights ("DER")  expense in the second quarter of 1996,  reductions in accounting
and  consulting  fees,  and lower costs  associated  with the  Company's  annual
report.

         Interest  Expense  -  Interest  expense  on  the  Company's   borrowing
facilities  during the three months ended March 31, 1997,  was on the $3,000,000
of short-term  borrowings  outstanding  at December 31, 1996,  which were repaid
during the first quarter of 1997.

REIT Income

         The Company's estimated REIT income during the three months ended March
31, 1997,  was  $932,000  compared to  $3,860,000  during the three months ended
March 31,  1996.  The  decrease in estimated  REIT income was  primarily  due to
higher credit losses on the non-agency MBS bonds and higher management fees.

Reconciliation of REIT Income and Book Income

         Substantially all of the difference between REIT income and book income
is due to: (i) the method of  recording  credit  losses,  which for REIT  income
purposes  are not deducted  until they occur and which for book income  purposes
are  estimated  and  reflected  as a reduction  of revenues in the form of lower
discount  amortization  included  in income  from  non-agency  MBS  bonds;  (ii)
differences  in the  calculation of discount and premium  amortization  for REIT
income compared to book income attributable to non-agency MBS bonds; (iii) gains
on the sales of assets recorded for book income purposes that resulted in either
capital  losses or capital  gains for REIT income  purposes  that are reduced to
zero by the Company's  capital loss  carryover;  and (iv)  recognition of income
from  Commercial  Assets which for REIT income  purposes is based upon dividends
received and which for book income  purposes is based on the  Company's pro rata
share of Commercial Assets' book income.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

NOL and Capital Loss Carryovers

         At March 31,  1997,  the  Company's  NOL  carryover  was  approximately
$96,000,000 and its capital loss carryover was  approximately  $35,000,000.  The
NOL  carryover  may be used to offset  all or a portion  of the  Company's  REIT
income,  and as a result,  to reduce the amount of income that the Company  must
distribute to  stockholders  to maintain its status as a REIT. The NOL carryover
is scheduled to expire  between 2007 and 2009 and the capital loss  carryover is
scheduled to expire between 1998 and 2000.

Dividend Distributions

         On March 6, 1997,  the  Company  declared a first  quarter  dividend of
$2,360,000 or nine and a half cents per share, compared with $2,192,000, or nine
cents per share,  for the same period in 1996.  The 1997 first quarter  dividend
was paid on March 31, 1997, to stockholders of record on March 17, 1997.

                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The  Company  uses its cash flow from  operating  activities  and other
capital resources to provide working capital to support its operations,  for the
payment of dividends to its stockholders,  for the acquisition of assets and for
the repayment of borrowings.

         The table below summarizes the Company's  operating cash flows and uses
of those  cash  flows for the three  months  ended  March 31,  1997 and 1996 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Three Months Ended
                                                                                                March 31,
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                          1997             1996
                                                                                          ----             ----
Cash Generated By (Used In) Operations:
    Non-agency MBS bonds:
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>       
       Interest                                                                        $   2,469       $    3,314
       Principal                                                                             510              604
       Indemnifications                                                                       37              165
    Dividends from Commercial Assets                                                         469              469
    Repayment of short-term borrowings                                                 (   3,000)              --

    Total expenses, net of interest income and other                                         187             (291)
                                                                                       ---------       ----------

Cash Generated By Operations                                                           $     672       $    4,261
                                                                                       =========       ==========

Issuance of Common Stock                                                               $       6       $       --
                                                                                       =========       ==========

 Dividends Paid                                                                        $  (2,360)      $   (2,192)
                                                                                       =========       ==========

Acquisitions of Non-agency MBS bonds                                                   $      --       $   (4,157)
                                                                                       =========       ==========

Net proceeds from structured transaction                                               $  69,743       $       --
                                                                                       =========       ==========

</TABLE>

         In March  1997,  the  Company  completed  the  resecuritization  of its
non-agency MBS bonds which provided the Company with  approximately  $67,671,000
of cash after payment of transaction costs and $2,072,000 of related  management


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

fees. The Company plans to reinvest the cash in real estate. Investments in real
estate  will likely  reduce the  Company's  return on assets  from 1996  levels,
however,  such  investments  may result in increased  opportunities  for capital
appreciation  and reduce portfolio risk. The Company's goal is to invest in real
estate assets with: (i) future growth potential, (ii) a stable, unlevered return
of  approximately 9% to 10%, and (iii) the option to convert the underlying land
to an alternative  use at some future point in time.  There is no assurance that
the Company  will  achieve this goal.  Until the  proceeds  from the  structured
transaction  can be  reinvested  into real  estate,  the  Company may invest the
proceeds in short-term  investments  which generate lower returns.  See "FORWARD
LOOKING INFORMATION" below.

         The Company declared  $2,360,000  ($.095 per share) in dividends during
the first three months of 1997.  The Board of Directors will continue its policy
of  reviewing  its  dividends  on a  quarter-to-quarter  basis  and will  adjust
distribution  levels  as it  considers  necessary.  The  Company  expects  lower
earnings and cashflow for the  remainder of 1997  compared to 1996 and the first
quarter of 1997 as the Company  invests in low-yielding  short-term  investments
during this period of portfolio transition. Dividends for the remainder of 1997,
and possibly  into the future are also  expected to be lower than 1996 and first
quarter 1997 dividends. See "FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION" below.

         On July 19, 1995, the Company obtained a one-year, $1,000,000 unsecured
line of credit.  The line of credit was renewed for an  additional  year on July
19, 1996. Advances under this line bear interest at the prime rate. At March 31,
1997 and December 31, 1996, there were no borrowings under this line of credit.

         On May 14, 1997, the Company acquired  interests in eight  manufactured
housing  communities and a related  manufactured  housing  community  management
business for an  aggregate  purchase  price of  approximately  $29,400,000.  The
consideration  was   approximately   $22,900,000  of  cash,  the  assumption  of
approximately $5,000,000 of existing debt, 363,372 shares of Common Stock of the
Company and 91,760 Operating Partnership Units of the Company.

         The  properties  acquired  are eight adult  communities  located in the
Tampa,  Florida  area  consisting  of 1,540 home sites with the  opportunity  to
develop  and  lease an  additional  364 home  sites on an  earn-out  basis.  The
management  business  acquired serves these eight communities plus an additional
four communities with 477 home sites located in the same market area.

                           FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

         Some of the statements in this Form 10-Q, as well as statements made by
the Company in periodic press  releases,  oral  statements made by the Company's
officials to analysts and stockholders in the course of presentations  about the
Company and conference calls following  quarterly earnings releases,  constitute
"forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act of  1995.  The  statements  include  projections  of the
Company's cash flow and dividends. Such forward-looking statements involve known
and unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors that may cause the actual
results,  performance or achievements of the Company to be materially  different
from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the
forward-looking statements. Such factors include the following: general economic
and business  conditions;  interest rate changes;  risks inherent in owning real
estate or debt secured by real estate;  competition;  the  availability  of real
estate  assets at prices  which  meet the  Company's  investment  criteria;  the
Company's ability to maintain or reduce expense levels and the Company's ability
to complete the 1997 Plan.


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>


                                     PART II
                                OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6.           EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

           (a)    Exhibits:

Exhibit No.       Description

    10.5(a)       Trust  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  26,  1997,  among  the
                  Registrant,  as depositor,  Asset Investors  Secured Financing
                  Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee

    10.5(b)       Pooled  Certificate  Transfer Agreement between the Registrant
                  and Asset Investors Secured Financing  Corporation dated as of
                  March 26, 1997

    10.5(c)       Indenture,  dated as of March  27,  1997,  between  Structured
                  Mortgage Trust 1997-1 and State Street Bank and Trust Company

    10.5(d)       Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of March 26, 1997,  among
                  Structured  Mortgage  Trust 1997-1,  Asset  Investors  Secured
                  Financing Corporation and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

    10.5(e)       Trust Certificate  issued to Asset Investors Secured Financing
                  Corporation   evidencing   its  ownership  of  the  Structured
                  Mortgage Trust 1997-1

    27            Financial Data Schedule.


           (b)    Reports on Form 8-K:

                  No Current  Reports  on Form 8-K were filed by the  Registrant
                  during the period  covered  by this  Quarterly  Report on Form
                  10-Q.


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                               ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION
                                               (Registrant)


Date:  May 14 , 1997                           By /s/Kevin J. Nystrom
                                                  --------------------
                                                   Kevin J. Nystrom
                                                   Chief Financial Officer


                                     - 17 -



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<CIK> 0000804138
<NAME> ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                          68,477
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                68,477
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  88,866
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            3,419
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           248
<OTHER-SE>                                      85,199
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    88,866
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 2,516
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   613
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  26
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,877
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              1,877
<DISCONTINUED>                                   5,287
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     7,164
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.29
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.29
        

</TABLE>

                        STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST 1997-1


                                 TRUST AGREEMENT


                                      Among

                           ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION
                                  as Depositor,


                  ASSET INVESTORS SECURED FINANCING CORPORATION


                                       and

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Owner Trustee





                           dated as of March 26, 1997




<PAGE>



ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

                1.01       Definitions........................................1
                1.02       Indenture Definitions..............................4


ARTICLE II - ORGANIZATION

                2.01       Name of the Trust; Statement of
                           Intent.............................................4
                2.02       Office.............................................5
                2.03       Declaration of Trust...............................5
                2.04       Purpose and Powers.................................5
                2.05       Transfer of Additional Trust
                           Property to the Trust..............................5
                2.06       Acknowledgment of Receipt of
                           Trust Property by Owner Trustee....................6
                2.07       Representations, Warranties and
                           Covenants of the Depositor.........................6
                2.08       Representations and Warranties of
                           WTC ...............................................8
                2.09       Execution of the Purchase
                           Agreement..........................................9
                2.10       Liability of Holders of Trust
                           Certificates.......................................10


ARTICLE III - CONCERNING THE OWNERS

                3.01       Ownership Prior to Closing Date....................10
                3.02       Issuance of Trust Certificates.....................10
                3.03       Transfer of Trust Certificates.....................10
                3.04       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or
                           Stolen Trust Certificates..........................13


ARTICLE IV - CONCERNING THE AGENT

                4.01       Appointment as Agent...............................14
                4.02       Instructions to Owner Trustee......................14
                4.03       Direction of Agent.................................15
                4.04       Replacement of Agent...............................15
                4.05       No Agent...........................................15


ARTICLE V - PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                5.01       Payments...........................................15
                5.02       Method of Payment..................................16
                5.03       Reports............................................16


                                       i


<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI - DUTIES OF THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                6.01       Issuance of the Notes..............................17
                6.02       In General.........................................17
                6.03       Right of Owner Trustee to Request
                           Instructions.......................................17
                6.04       Activities of the Trust............................18
                6.05       No Duties Except As Specified in
                           Agreement or Instructions..........................18
                6.06       No Action Except Under Specified
                           Documents or Instructions..........................19
                6.07       Further Assurances.................................19
                6.08       Restrictions.......................................19
                6.09       Books and Records..................................19
                6.10       Communication with Owners..........................19


ARTICLE VII - CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                7.01       Acceptance of Trusts and Duties....................20
                7.02       Furnishing of Documents............................22
                7.03       [Reserved].........................................22
                7.04       No Segregation of Moneys;
                           No Interest........................................22
                7.05       Reliance; Employment of Agents
                           and Advice of Counsel..............................22
                7.06       Not Acting in Individual Capacity..................23
                7.07       Special Servicing and
                           Collateral Fund Agreements.........................23


ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION BY OWNERS

                8.01       Trust Expenses.....................................24
                8.02       Indemnification....................................24
                8.03       Compensation.......................................25
                8.04       Lien on Trust Property.............................25


ARTICLE IX - TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

                9.01       Termination of Trust
                           Agreement..........................................24


                                       ii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE X - SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES

         10.01  Resignation of Owner Trustee;
                           Appointment of Successor...........................26
         10.02  Appointment of Additional
                           Trustees...........................................28
         10.03  Amendments to Certificate
                           of Trust...........................................30

ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS

         11.01  Supplements, Amendments
                           and Waivers........................................30
         11.02  No Legal Title to Trust
                           Property in Owners.................................30
         11.03  Pledge of Collateral by Owner
                           Trustee is Binding.................................31
         11.04  Limitations on Rights of Others...............................31
         11.05  Non-Petition..................................................31
         11.06  Notices    31
         11.07  Authorization for Action Deemed to
                           be Given...........................................32
         11.08  Severability..................................................32
         11.09  Separate Counterparts.........................................32
         11.10  Successors and Assigns........................................32
         11.11  Headings   32
         11.12  Governing Law.................................................32



                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A:      Form of Trust Certificate

EXHIBIT B:      Form of Letter of Representations


                                    SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE A:     Description of the Securities
SCHEDULE B:     Description of the Assigned Indemnities


                                      iii
<PAGE>



                           TRUST AGREEMENT relating to STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST
1997-1, dated as of March 26, 1997, by and among ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION,  a
Maryland   corporation,   as  Depositor,   ASSET  INVESTORS   SECURED  FINANCING
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Depositor
(the "SPE") and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a banking corporation  organized under
the laws of the State of Delaware (in its individual capacity, "WTC").



                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                1.01.  Definitions.  For all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

                "Act" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

                "Affiliate"  of any Person means any other  Person  controlling,
controlled by or under common control with such Person.

                "Agreement"  means this Trust  Agreement  and any  amendments or
modifications hereof.

                "Authorized  Officer" means,  with respect to the Owner Trustee,
any officer or  representative of the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for
the Owner Trustee in matters  relating to, and binding upon, the Trust and whose
name appears on a list of such authorized officers and representatives furnished
by the Owner Trustee to the Depositor  and the Indenture  Trustee,  as such list
may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

                "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday,  Sunday or other
day on which banking institutions in the State of Delaware are authorized by law
or regulation to close.

                "Certificate Register" means the register maintained pursuant to
Section 3.03(a) hereof.

                "Closing  Date"  means  March 27,  1997,  or such  other date as
specified by the Depositor.

                "Collateral"  means that portion of the Trust Property that will
be granted to the  Indenture  Trustee from time to time pursuant to the terms of
the  Indenture and therefore  will be subject to the Lien of the  Indenture,  as
identified by the defined term "Trust Estate" in the Indenture.


<PAGE>

                "Company/SPE  Transfer  Agreement"  means the Agreement  between
Asset  Investors  Corporation  and the SPE pursuant to which the  Securities and
certain other assets are transferred to the SPE.

                "Corporate  Trust  Office" means the office of the Owner Trustee
located at Rodney  Square  North 1100 N.  Market  Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware
19890-0001.

                "Debtor   Relief   Laws"   means  any   applicable   bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  and other similar laws relating to or
affecting  creditors'  rights generally any court decisions with respect thereto
and general principles of equity.

                "Depositor"  means  Asset  Investors  Corporation,   a  Maryland
corporation, and its successors and assigns.

                "Depository  Agreement" means the Letter of Representa- tions to
the Depository Trust Company in connection with the Notes.

                "Distribution  Date"  means  the  Business  Day  following  each
Payment Date as defined in the Indenture.

                "Fiscal  Year" shall mean from each  January l to the  following
December 31.

                "Grant" and  variants  thereof has the meaning  specified in the
Indenture.

                "Indemnified  Expenses"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 8.02.

                "Indenture"  means the Indenture  dated March 27, 1997,  between
the Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  which  provides  for the  issuance of the
Notes, and the Indenture as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

                "Indenture  Trustee" means the trustee under the Indenture,  and
any successor Person that shall have become the trustee under the Indenture.

                "Initial  Purchaser"  means Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc. as initial
purchaser of the Notes pursuant to the Purchase Agreement".

                "Letter of Representations"  means the letter to be furnished by


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

each purchaser of Trust  Certificates  in connection  with its purchase of Trust
Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

                "Lien"  means any lien,  mortgage,  security  interest,  pledge,
charge, equity or claim of others or encumbrance of any kind.

                "Moody's"   means   Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  and  its
successors.

                "Note  Rate"  means with  respect to any  Distribution  Date the
weighted  average  pass-through  rate paid on the Notes pursuant to the terms of
the  Indenture  and the  Notes on the  immediately  preceding  Payment  Date (as
defined in the Indenture).

                "Note Agreements" means the Indenture, the Notes, the Depository
Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

                "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
in the Note Register pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Indenture.

                "Notes" means the Collateralized  Notes, Class A, Class B, Class
C and Class D, issued by the Trust acting  through the Owner  Trustee  under the
Indenture.

                "Owners"  means the Depositor and its  successors in interest as
beneficiaries of the Trust pursuant to Article III.

                "Ownership  Percentage"  with  respect  to any  Owner  means the
proportion  (expressed as a percentage)  of the ownership  interest in the Trust
held by such Owner.

                "Owner  Trustee"  means  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  not in its
individual  capacity but solely in its fiduciary capacity as owner trustee under
this Agreement, and any successor owner trustee hereunder.

                "Payment Account" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                "Periodic  Reports"  means any reports or  submissions  that the
Trust is required pursuant to the Indenture to make with respect to the Notes.

                "Person" means an individual, a corporation,  a partnership,  an
association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government
or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

                "Purchase  Agreement" means the Purchase  Agreement  relating to
the Notes among the Initial Purchaser, the Depositor and the Trust.

                "Secretary  of State" means the office of the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware.

                "Securities" means the mortgaged-backed  securities which are to
be conveyed to the Trust under this  Agreement as part of the Trust Property and
which are set forth in Schedule A hereto.

                "SPE" means Asset Investors  Secured  Financing  Corporation,  a
Delaware  corporation  which  has  been  organized  and is  wholly  owned by the
Depositor.

                "Trust"  means  the  trust   established   by  this   Agreement,
designated as Structured Mortgage Trust 1997-1."

                "Trust Certificate" means a certificate evidencing the Ownership
Percentage of an Owner substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

                "Trust Property" means all money, instruments and other property
deposited  in  the  Trust  pursuant  hereto,  including  all  proceeds  thereof.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  "Trust  Property" shall not include any amounts
paid or payable to WTC pursuant to Article VIII.

                "WTC" means  Wilmington  Trust Company and any  successor  owner
trustee hereunder, in its individual capacity and not as Owner Trustee.

                1.02. Indenture  Definitions.  Capitalized terms used herein and
not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall have the meaning  assigned to them in the
Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  ORGANIZATION

                2.01. Name of Trust;  Statement of Intent. The name of the Trust
formed hereby shall be Structured Mortgage Trust 1997-1, in which name the Owner
Trustee  may  conduct the  business  and affairs of the Trust,  make and execute
contracts and agreements on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued on behalf of
the Trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a
business  trust  under the  Delaware  Business  Trust Act (12  Del.C.  ' 3801 et


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

seq.)(the "Act") and that this Agreement  constitute the governing instrument of
the  Trust  under the Act.  The Owner  Trustee  hereby is  authorized  to file a
Certificate of Trust under said Act with the Secretary of State.

                2.02.  Office.  The office of the Trust  shall be in care of the
Owner  Trustee,  at the  address  set forth in  Section  11.06 or at such  other
address as the Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Owners.

                2.03.  Declaration of Trust. WTC is hereby appointed to hold and
agrees to hold the Trust  Property as Owner  Trustee in trust upon the terms and
conditions and for the use and benefit of the holders of the Trust  Certificates
as herein set forth. The Owner Trustee hereby  acknowledges that it has received
the sum of $1.00 from the Depositor,  such sum initially  constitutes  the Trust
Property.  Upon receipt of the additional  Trust Property as provided in Section
2.05 and of  proceeds  from the sale of the Notes,  the Trust  shall  repay such
amount to the  Depositor,  shall  issue the Trust  Certificates  as  provided in
Section 3.02 and,  thereafter the Depositor shall have no direct interest in the
Trust.

                2.04.  Purpose and Powers.  (a) The purposes of the Trust are to
issue and administer the Notes,  to acquire and own the Collateral and to pledge
the  Collateral  to support  the Notes  pursuant to the  Indenture,  all for the
benefit of the  Owners.  The Trust  shall not have  power to perform  any act or
engage in any business or activity  whatsoever  except for the  foregoing and as
provided  in  clause  (b) and any  activity  that is  necessary,  convenient  or
incidental to the foregoing and within the contemplation of the Indenture.

                (b)  The   Trust   may   acquire   additional   mortgaged-backed
securities,  pledge them to the Trustee and issue  additional  classes of notes;
provided that prior to taking any such action, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee
are  provided  with (i) an opinion of counsel to the effect  that the Trust will
not be treated as a taxable mortgage pool for federal income tax purposes,  (ii)
a written  acknowledgement  from  Moody's  that such action  will not  adversely
affect  its  then   rating  of  each  Class  of  Notes,   and  (iii)  a  written
acknowledgement  from an  investment  banking  firm  that such  action  will not
adversely affect the Class D Notes (if such Class of Notes is outstanding and is
not then rated by Moody's).

                2.05.  Transfer of Additional Trust Property to the Trust. As of
the Closing Date, the SPE shall  transfer to the Trust without  recourse all its
right, title and interest in and to (i) the Securities  identified on Schedule A


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

attached  hereto and all  distributions  payable thereon on and after the Pooled
Certificate  Information  Date, (ii) its rights under the  Company/SPE  Transfer
Agreement  and (iii) the  indemnities  described in Schedule B attached  hereto.
Legal  title to all of the  Trust  Property  shall be vested at all times in the
Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction
requires  title to any part of the Trust  Property  to be vested in a trustee or
trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee,
a co-trustee and/or a separate  trustee,  as the case may be. The Trust Property
shall be held for the common, equal and ratable use, benefit and security of all
Persons who shall from time to time be Owners and without  preference  of any of
the Owners  over any of the others by reason of  priority  in the time of issue,
sale or negotiation of the Trust Certificates held by such Owners.

                2.06.  Acknowledgement  of  Receipt of Trust  Property  by Owner
Trustee.  The Owner Trustee  agrees to  acknowledge  on behalf of the Trust,  by
executing a certificate to that effect,  based on receipt of a certification  by
the  Indenture  Trustee,  which  may be in the  form  of a  signed  copy  of the
Indenture, the deposit of the Securities, with the Indenture Trustee referred to
in Section 2.05 on the Closing Date.

                2.07. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Depositor
and the SPE. (a) The Depositor and the SPE each hereby  represents  and warrants
to the Owner Trustee that as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

                (i) It is,  and  throughout  the  term  of this  Agreement  will
        remain,  a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good
        standing  under the laws of the state of its  incorporation  and has the
        corporate  power and  authority  to perform its  obligations  under this
        Agreement;

                (ii) The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement
        have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on its part;

                (iii) This  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered  and,
        assuming  due  authorization,  execution,  and  delivery  by  WTC,  will
        constitute  its legal,  valid and  binding  obligation,  enforceable  in
        accordance  with  its  terms,  except  only as such  enforcement  may be
        limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws;

                (iv)  Its  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and its
        performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not (A)
        violate its articles of  incorporation  or by-laws,  and, to the best of
        its knowledge, after reasonable investigation, (B) violate any law or


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

        regulation,  or any  administrative or judicial decree or order to which
        it is subject  or (C)  constitute  a default  (or an event  which,  with
        notice or lapse of time, or both,  would constitute a default) under, or
        result in the breach  of,  any  material  contract,  agreement  or other
        instrument  to which it is a party or which may be  applicable  to it or
        any of its assets;

                (v)   To  the   best   of  its   knowledge,   after   reasonable
        investigation,  it is not in default with respect to any order or decree
        of any court or any order,  regulation or demand of any federal,  state,
        municipal  or  other  governmental  agency,  which  default  might  have
        consequences  that would  materially and adversely  affect the condition
        (financial or other) or operations of the Depositor or its properties or
        might have consequences that would affect its performance hereunder;

                (vi)  It is  not a  party  to  or  bound  by  any  agreement  or
        instrument or subject to any articles of  incorporation,  by-laws or any
        other corporate  restriction or any judgment,  order, writ,  injunction,
        decree,  law or regulation which now or in the future may materially and
        adversely  affect  its  ability to perform  its  obligations  under this
        Agreement  or which  requires  the  consent  of any third  Person to the
        execution of this Agreement or the  performance by it of its obligations
        under this Agreement;

                (vii) No litigation is pending or, to the best of its knowledge,
        threatened  against it which might  materially and adversely  affect its
        entering into this  Agreement or performing its  obligations  under this
        Agreement; and

                (viii) Upon the  contribution,  assignment or other  transfer of
        any of the Trust  Property to the Trust under this  Agreement  the Trust
        will have received  good title  thereto free and clear of any Lien,  and
        the Trust will have the right to pledge and  deliver the  Collateral  to
        the Indenture  Trustee in accordance with the Indenture and Section 6.01
        of this Agreement. Upon the pledge and delivery of the Collateral by the
        Trust  to the  Indenture  Trustee  in the  manner  contemplated  by this
        Agreement  and the  Indenture,  and  assuming  the  validity and binding
        effect of the  Indenture and relying as aforesaid and assuming no action
        by the Trust to grant any other Liens,  the Indenture  Trustee will have
        obtained a valid first security interest in the Collateral, prior to all
        other Liens;


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

                (b) The Depositor and the SPE hereby  covenant  that, so long as
any of the Notes  remain  outstanding  and any  principal  or  interest  thereon
remains unpaid:

                (i) They will use their best  efforts to cause the Trust to have
        good and  marketable  title to the  Trust  Property,  free of all  Liens
        (other than the Lien of the Indenture)  and to have lawful  authority to
        assign, transfer and pledge the Collateral to the Indenture Trustee;

                (ii)  Immediately upon the transfer of the Trust Property to the
        Trust  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  they  will  make  any  appropriate
        notations  on their  respective  records  to  indicate  that  the  Trust
        Property has been  transferred to the Trust pursuant to this  Agreement,
        and, to the extent it  constitutes  Collateral,  has been pledged by the
        Trust to the Indenture Trustee to secure payment of the Notes;

                (iii) If the  Depositor  or the SPE shall take any action  which
        would  cause the Trust to become an  investment  company  which would be
        required to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940, they will
        use their best  efforts to cause the Trust to be  registered  under such
        Act; and

                (iv)  Without the prior  consent of holders of 60% of the Voting
        Rights of each Class of outstanding  Notes and the written  confirmation
        from Moody's that such action will not adversely affect its then ratings
        of the  Notes  of any  Class,  the  Depositor  will not  dispose  of its
        ownership  interest in the SPE and the SPE will not  transfer  its Trust
        Certificates.

                (c) The Depositor and the SPE hereby represent and warrant that,
as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,  the Trust is not and will not
be required to register as an investment  company under the  Investment  Company
Act of 1940.

                2.08.   Representations   and  Warranties  of  WTC.  WTC  hereby
represents and warrants to the Depositor, as of the Closing Date, that:

                (i) WTC is a banking corporation organized under the laws of the
        State of Delaware,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws
        of the State of Delaware;

                (ii) WTC has full  power,  authority  and legal right to execute
        and deliver this  Agreement  and to perform its  obligations  under this
        Agreement,   and  has  taken  all  necessary  action  to  authorize  the
        execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement;


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

                (iii) The  execution,  delivery and  performance  by WTC, in its
        individual  capacity and in its  capacity as Owner  Trustee on behalf of
        the Trust, as the case may be, of this Agreement and the Indenture,  and
        the issuance of the Notes and the Trust Certificates by the Trust acting
        through the Owner  Trustee are within the  corporate  power of WTC, have
        been duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of
        WTC (no action by its  shareholders  being required) and do not and will
        not (i) violate or contravene any judgment,  injunction, order or decree
        binding on WTC, (ii)  violate,  contravene or constitute a default under
        any provision of the certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of WTC or
        of any  material  agreement,  contract,  mortgage  or  other  instrument
        binding on WTC or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
        attributable  to WTC on the Trust  Property,  other than as contemplated
        hereunder;

                (iv) No consent, approval,  authorization or order of, or filing
        with, any court or regulatory,  supervisory  or  governmental  agency or
        body  is  required  under  Delaware  law by or  with  respect  to WTC in
        connection  with the execution,  delivery and performance by WTC, in its
        individual  capacity and in its  capacity as Owner  Trustee on behalf of
        the Trust, as the case may be, of this Agreement or the Indenture or the
        issuance  of the Notes and the Trust  Certificates  by the Trust  acting
        through the Owner  Trustee or the  consummation  by the Owner Trustee of
        the transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby (except for the filing
        of the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State); and

                (v) This  Agreement  has been duly executed and delivered by the
        Owner Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
        the Owner Trustee,  enforceable  against the Owner Trustee in accordance
        with its  terms,  except as the  enforcement  hereof  may be  limited by
        applicable Debtor Relief Laws.

                2.09. Execution of the Purchase Agreement;  Proceeds.  The Owner
Trustee is hereby authorized to execute the Purchase  Agreement on behalf of the
Trust.  The Notes shall be issued on the  Closing  Date in  accordance  with the
terms of the Indenture and the Purchase  Agreement and shall be sold pursuant to
the  Purchase  Agreement.  The net proceeds of the sale of the Notes paid on the
Closing  Date  shall  be  distributed  by the  Owner  Trustee  to the  SPE or in
accordance with its direction on the Closing Date by wire transfer.

                2.10. Liability of Holders of Trust Certificates. Each holder of
Trust Certificates agrees to be severally liable with any other holders of Trust
Certificates  in proportion to their  beneficial  interests in the Trust for all


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

fees,  expenses,  taxes,  indemnity  payments and other liabilities of the Trust
(other than the  principal  and interest on the Notes,  for which holders of the
Trust  Certificates  shall have no liability) to the extent not satisfied out of
the Trust Property, in accordance with their terms,  including those incurred by
WTC in its individual capacity or as Owner Trustee, in the administration of the
Trust hereunder, except that no holder of Trust Certificates shall be liable for
any such liabilities arising prior to the date on which such holder acquired, or
after the date on which such holder  transferred  in  accordance  with the terms
hereof,  its Trust  Certificate,  to the  extent  such  fees,  expenses,  taxes,
indemnity  payments and other  liabilities of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee or WTC, as the case may be, with respect to the Trust,  are not paid out
of the Trust Property.


                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONCERNING THE OWNERS

                3.01.  Ownership  Prior to Closing Date. The Depositor  shall be
the sole Owner of the Trust prior to the Closing Date.  The Depositor  shall pay
organizational  expenses  of the Trust as they may arise.  No Trust  Certificate
shall be issued to the Depositor to evidence its interest in the Trust.

                3.02. Issuance of Trust  Certificates.  (a) On the Closing Date,
and in  connection  with the  transfer  of the  Securities,  the Owner  Trustee,
concurrently with the issuance of the Notes,  shall issue a Trust Certificate or
Trust  Certificates  in  substantially  the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A,
evidencing ownership of the entire beneficial interest in the Trust, to the SPE.

                (b) Each Trust Certificate shall be executed by manual signature
on behalf of the Trust by an  Authorized  Officer  of the Owner  Trustee.  Trust
Certificates  bearing the manual signature of an individual who was, at the time
such  signature  was  affixed,  an  Authorized  Officer  shall  bind the  Trust,
notwithstanding  that such  individual  has ceased to be an  Authorized  Officer
prior to the delivery of such Trust Certificate or is not an Authorized  Officer
at the date of such Trust  Certificates.  Each Trust  Certificate shall be dated
the date of its issuance.

                3.03. Transfer of Trust  Certificates.  (a) The Depositor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as registrar  and transfer  agent with respect to the
Trust  Certificates and the Owner Trustee hereby accepts such  appointment.  The


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

Owner  Trustee  shall  keep  at its  Corporate  Trust  Office  a  register  (the
"Certificate  Register") in which, subject to such reasonable  regulations as it
may prescribe, the Owner Trustee shall provide for the registration of the Trust
Certificates and for transfers and exchanges of the Trust Certificates as herein
provided.  At the option of the Owners,  Trust Certificates may be exchanged for
other Trust Certificates of like percentage of beneficial  interest in the Trust
upon surrender to the Owner Trustee of the Trust  Certificates  to be exchanged.
Whenever any Trust  Certificates  are so  surrendered  for  exchange,  the Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver the Trust  Certificates which the Owner making
the  exchange  is entitled to receive.  Every  Trust  Certificate  presented  or
surrendered  for  transfer  or  exchange  shall  be  duly  endorsed  by,  or  be
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Owner Trustee, and duly executed by the Owner or his attorney duly authorized in
writing. No transfer of a Trust Certificate shall be made if such transfer would
violate any terms of this Agreement or the Letter of  Representations  nor shall
any  transfer  be  effective  unless an  appropriate  entry has been made on the
Certificate  Register.  A transfer of a Trust  Certificate or part thereof shall
not be effective  unless the  transferee  shall have signed and delivered to the
Owner Trustee an instrument containing the transferee's agreement to be bound by
all the terms of this  Agreement,  together  with evidence  satisfactory  to the
Owner Trustee demonstrating the transferee's compliance with the requirements of
subsection (c) of this Section 3.03. Further,  before any Trust Certificates may
be  transferred  to any Person,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have received (i) the
prior  consent of holders of at least 60% of the Voting  Rights of each Class of
outstanding  Notes and (ii) a written  acknowledgement  from  Moody's  that such
action will not  adversely  affect its then  rating of each Class of Notes.  The
Owners shall be entitled to all rights provided to them under this Agreement and
shall be subject to the provisions  and  conditions  contained in this Agreement
and in the Trust Certificates.

                (b) No offer,  sale,  transfer or other  disposition  (including
pledge)  of any  Trust  Certificate  shall be made by any Owner  thereof  unless
registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or an
exemption from the registration  requirements of the 1933 Act and any applicable
state  securities  or "Blue Sky" laws is  available  and the holder  (except the
Depositor) and prospective  transferee of the Trust  Certificate each certify to
the Owner Trustee, in writing, as to the facts surrounding the transfer.

                (c)  Unless  waived by the Owner  Trustee  (which  waiver may be
given without the consent of any holder of Trust Certificates),  no offer, sale,


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

transfer or other disposition  (including pledge) of any Trust Certificate shall
be made to any transferee unless (i) the net worth of the transferee is not less
than the greater of (A) the product of $15,000,000 and the percentage  ownership
of the Trust by the transferee  after the proposed  transfer and (B) $5,000,000;
(ii) the transferee understands that the Trust Certificates will be offered in a
transaction  not  involving  any  public  offering  within  the  meaning  of the
Securities  Act,  and that,  if in the future it  decides  to resell,  pledge or
otherwise  transfer  any Trust  Certificates,  such  Trust  Certificates  may be
resold, pledged or transferred only (a) to an institutional  Accredited Investor
as defined in Rule  5.01(a)(1)-(3)  and (7) as  promulgated  under  Regulation D
under the Securities Act or pursuant to another  exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state laws or (b) pursuant
to an effective  registration  statement  under the Securities Act; (iii) if the
transferee is a corporation  purchasing the Trust  Certificates  in the State of
California,  it has a net worth of at least  $14,000,000  according  to its most
recent audited financial statement;  and (v) the proposed transfer is not to the
Indenture  Trustee or its  affiliates  (as  defined  under the 1933 Act) or to a
Rating  Agency.  The  Owner  Trustee  may  require  appropriate  evidence  as to
compliance with the foregoing conditions of transfer and the Owner Trustee shall
be fully protected in relying on such evidence in making any transfer. The Owner
Trustee  shall not bear any of the costs  associated  with the  transfer  of the
Trust Certificates.

        (d) If any  legislation  is enacted or  regulation  adopted  which would
result in the  imposition  of any tax on the Trust or the  holders of the Notes,
and, as a result, the Rating Agency advises that it intends to reduce the rating
on any Class of the Notes  below the  rating  for such  Class  specified  in the
Indenture, the then Owners shall be deemed to have agreed to an amendment,  and,
if requested, to sign such other documents as may be necessary, to the agreement
by which they purchased the Trust Certificate, this Agreement and the Indenture,
such  amendment or other  documents to be in such form as such Rating Agency may
require so as to permit the Bonds to retain said rating.

        (e)  Each  Trust   Certificate   shall  bear  a  legend   setting  forth
restrictions on transferability  substantially as follows: "THIS CERTIFICATE HAS
NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE
"SECURITIES  ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING THIS  CERTIFICATE,  AGREES
THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE RESOLD,  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (1)
TO AN INSTITUTIONAL  ACCREDITED  INVESTOR AS DEFINED IN RULE  5.01(a)(1)-(3) AND


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

(7) UNDER REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE
STATE LAW OR (2)  PURSUANT  TO AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT. THE TRANSFER OF THIS INTEREST WILL NOT BE EFFECTIVE  UNLESS THE
TRANSFEREE  HAS SIGNED AND  DELIVERED TO THE ISSUER A LETTER OF  REPRESENTATIONS
SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM SET FORTH AS EXHIBIT C TO THE TRUST AGREEMENT DATED AS
OF MARCH 26, 1997, BY AND AMONG ASSET INVESTORS  CORPORATION (THE  "DEPOSITOR"),
ASSET INVESTORS SECURED FINANCING  CORPORATION AND WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,  AS
OWNER TRUSTEE. THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT THE CONSENT
OF  HOLDERS OF AT LEAST 60% of the  VOTING  RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF THE  TRUSTS'
COLLATERALIZED NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE DATED AS OF MARCH 27, 1997
BETWEEN THE TRUST AND STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, AS INDENTURE TRUSTEE,
VOTING  SEPARATELY,  AND RECEIPT OF WRITTEN  CONFIRMATION FROM MOODY'S INVESTORS
SERVICE,  INC.  (OR ITS  SUCCESSOR)  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  WILL NOT  CAUSE IT TO
DOWNGRADE OR WITHDRAW ITS THEN RATING OF ANY CLASS OF SUCH NOTES.

        (f) There  shall be no fee  charged  with  respect  to the  transfer  or
exchange of any Trust Certificate hereunder;  provided,  however, that the Owner
Trustee may require  the payment by the Owner of a sum  sufficient  to cover any
tax or other  governmental  charge  or other  expenses  (including  the fees and
expenses of the Owner  Trustee) that may be imposed in relation to such transfer
or exchange.

        (g) The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  required  to  transfer,  and the
Certificate  Registrar  shall not be required to  register,  any  transfer for a
period of ten (10) days prior to any Distribution Date.

        (h) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Owner
Trustee shall not be responsible for ascertaining  whether any transfer complies
with the registration  provisions or exemptions from the Securities act of 1933,
as amended, the Securities Act of 1934, as amended,  applicable state securities
law or the Investment Company Act; provided,  however,  that if a certificate is
specifically  required to be  delivered  to the Owner  Trustee by a purchaser or
transferee  of a Trust  Certificate,  the Owner Trustee shall be under a duty to
examine the same to determine  whether it conforms to the  requirements  of this
Trust Agreement and shall promptly notify the party  delivering the same if such
certificate does not so conform.

                3.04. Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates.
If (i) any mutilated Trust  Certificate is surrendered to the Owner Trustee,  or
the Owner Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

or theft of any Trust  Certificate,  and (ii)  there is  delivered  to the Owner
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless,
then,  in the  absence  of actual  knowledge  of a  responsible  officer  in the
Corporate  Trust  Administration  Division of the Owner  Trustee that such Trust
Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,  the Owner Trustee shall
execute  and  deliver,  in  exchange  for  or in  lieu  of any  such  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Trust  Certificate,  a new Trust  Certificate of like
tenor  bearing  the same issue  number,  with  notations,  if any,  as the Owner
Trustee shall determine upon surrender and  cancellation of, and in exchange and
substitution  for,  such  mutilated  Trust  Certificate  or in  lieu  of  and in
substitution  for the  Trust  Certificate  so lost,  stolen  or  destroyed,  and
aggregate Ownership Percentage. In connection with the issuance of any new Trust
Certificate  under this Section 3.04,  the Owner Trustee may require the payment
by the Owner of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge
that may be imposed in relation  thereto and any other  expenses  (including the
fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee) connected therewith. Any duplicate Trust
Certificate  issued pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall constitute  complete and
indefeasible evidence of ownership of a beneficial interest in the Trust, to the
extent of the Ownership Percentage  represented by the Trust Certificate,  as if
originally  issued,   whether  or  not  the  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed  Trust
Certificate shall be found at any time.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONCERNING THE AGENT

                4.01. Appointment as Agent. The Depositor shall act as agent for
the Owners (in such  capacity,  the "Agent")  until its  resignation  or removal
pursuant  to Section  4.04.  The Agent shall have no  responsibility  under this
Agreement  other than to render the services called for hereunder in good faith.
The Agent  shall not be liable to the  Owners,  the Owner  Trustee  or any other
Person  except by reason of its acts or  omissions to act which  constitute  bad
faith, willful misconduct,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties
under this Agreement.

                4.02.  Instructions to Owner Trustee.  The right to
(a)  instruct  the Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  6.03,  (b) to agree to
compensation  for the Owner Trustee  pursuant to Section 8.03,  (c) to appoint a
successor  Owner  Trustee or to remove  the Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to Section
10.01(a),  and (d) to consent to  amendments  and  waivers  pursuant  to Section


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

11.01, in each case as reserved to the Owners of Trust Certificates  pursuant to
this Agreement, shall be exercised by the Agent on behalf of the Owners of Trust
Certificates. The Agent shall promptly respond to every request for instructions
addressed to it by the Owner Trustee.

                4.03.  Direction of Agent.  In performing its duties  hereunder,
the Agent shall act in accordance with any written  instruction signed on behalf
of Owners holding,  in the aggregate,  a majority of the beneficial  interest in
the Trust and in so  acting,  to the  extent  the  Agent  acts in good  faith in
accordance with any such instruction  received from such Owners, the Agent shall
not be liable to any person.

                4.04.  Replacement of Agent.  The Agent may resign its duties at
any time on  notice  to the  Owners  and the  Owner  Trustee.  The  Agent may be
removed,  and in the  event  of the  removal  or  resignation  of the  Agent,  a
successor  Agent  will be  appointed  by Owners  holding,  in the  aggregate,  a
majority of the ownership  interest in the Trust. No such removal or resignation
shall be effective  until a successor Agent has been appointed and accepted such
appointment, unless it is determined by the Owners that there shall be no Agent,
and until a notice of such removal  meeting the  requirements of this section is
delivered to the Owner Trustee.

                4.05. No Agent. If at any time there is no Agent appointed under
this Article,  Owners holding a majority of the ownership interests in the Trust
shall  give such  directions  or  consents  or take such  other  actions  as are
reserved herein to the Agent or to the Owners.


                                    ARTICLE V

                           PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                5.01.  Payments.  Any amounts  paid to the Owner  Trustee by the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture,  free and clear of
the Lien of the  Indenture,  and any amounts  received  by the Owner  Trustee in
respect of the Trust Property, shall be applied in the following order:

                (a) to pay any amounts  then due to the Owner  Trustee or WTC as
the case may be, under this Agreement; and

                (b)  to pay any current operating expenses of the Trust.



                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

Any sums remaining after such application shall be distributed to the Owners, in
proportion  to their  Ownership  Percentages,  promptly  and no  later  than two
Business  Days after the date on which the Owner  Trustee has  knowledge  of its
receipt of such funds. If for any reason funds are not so distributed, the Agent
shall have the right to direct their  investment.  All payments to be made under
this  Agreement  by the Owner  Trustee  shall be made only from the  income  and
proceeds of the Trust Property and only to the extent that the Owner Trustee has
received  such income or proceeds.  WTC shall not be liable to the Owners or the
Indenture  Trustee or any other person for any amounts payable  pursuant to this
Section 5.01 and, except as specifically  provided herein, is not subject to any
liability under this Agreement.

                5.02.  Method  of  Payment.  All  amounts  payable  to an  Owner
pursuant to this  Agreement  will be paid by the Owner Trustee to the Owner or a
nominee  thereof by crediting  the amount to be  distributed  to the Owner to an
account maintained by the Owner with the Owner Trustee in immediately  available
funds or by transferring such amount in immediately available funds to a banking
institution with bank wire transfer  facilities for the account of the Owner, as
instructed in writing from time to time by the Owner.

                5.03. Reports.  (a) Each payment to an Owner pursuant to Section
5.01 shall be accompanied  by a report setting forth,  for the related month and
for each preceding month of the same Fiscal Year, the amounts,  if any, received
by the Owner Trustee together with their application.

                (b) The Owner  Trustee will (i) cause to be prepared such annual
or other reports, (ii) make such elections and file such tax returns relating to
the Trust as may from time to time be  required  under any  applicable  state or
Federal statute or rule or regulation thereunder and (iii) cause to be mailed to
any Owner any or all of such tax  returns  when  requested  to do so by any such
Owner or the Agent.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that, for federal
income tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated as a grantor trust under Part I,
Subpart E of Subchapter J of the Code, and that the Owner Trustee shall file (or
cause to be filed) tax returns consistent with  characterization of the Trust as
a grantor trust.  The Owner Trustee shall be deemed to be in compliance with its
obligations  pursuant to this  Section  5.03(b) if (i) the Trust  enters into an
agreement with Financial Asset Management LLC with respect to the preparation of
tax returns  relating to the Trust and (ii) it executes and delivers the reports
and documents required hereunder.


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                           DUTIES OF THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                6.01.  Issuance of the Notes. In connection with the issuance of
the Notes, the Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and directed:

                (a) to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust the Depository
Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Certificates and the Notes;

                (b) to pledge on  behalf  of the  Trust  the  Collateral  to the
Trustee as security for the Notes; and

                (c) to take whatever action shall be required to be taken by the
Owner Trustee by the terms of, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement.

                6.02.  In General.  It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee:

                (a)   to   discharge   (or   cause   to   be   discharged)   all
responsibilities assigned to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,

                (b)  to cause the preparation of any Periodic Reports, and

                (c) to  administer  the Trust in the interest of the Owners,  in
accordance  with the express  purpose and powers of the Trust and the provisions
of this Agreement.

                6.03.  Right of Owner Trustee to Request Instructions.

                (a) The Owner  Trustee  shall take such action or shall  refrain
from taking such action under this Agreement as it shall be directed pursuant to
a specific provision of this Agreement or, absent such a specific provision,  as
it shall be directed in a notice delivered by the Agent or the Owners holding in
the  aggregate a majority of the  ownership  interest in the Trust in accordance
with Section 11.06  hereof.  In  connection  with the following  non-ministerial
matters, the Owner Trustee shall not act unless it shall be directed in a notice
delivered by the Agent or the Owners  holding in the aggregate a majority of the
ownership interest in the Trust in accordance with Section 11.06 hereof:


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

                         (i) the  amendment of the  Indenture by a  supplemental
                         indenture  in  circumstances  where the  consent of the
                         Noteholders is required;

                         (ii) the  initiation  of any  claim or  lawsuit  by the
                         Trust  and  the  compromise  of any  claim  or  lawsuit
                         brought by or against the Trust;

                         (iii) the  appointment  of successor  Note  Registrars,
                         successor Paying Agents,  successor Indenture Trustees,
                         and  any   Indenture   accountants   pursuant   to  the
                         Indenture;

                         (iv) the decision to remove the Indenture Trustee; and

                         (v) the decision to elect to redeem the Notes  pursuant
                         to Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

                (b) If in performing  its duties under this  Agreement the Owner
Trustee (i) is unable to decide between  alternative  courses of action, or (ii)
is unsure of the application of any provision of this  Agreement,  the Indenture
or the Note Agreements, the Owner Trustee may deliver a notice to the Owners and
the Agent in accordance with Section 11.06 requesting written instructions as to
the course of action desired by them and the Owners shall make any determination
required  pursuant to this Section  6.03,  as reflected in  instructions  to the
Owner Trustee  delivered in accordance  with Section 11.06;  provided,  however,
that if the Owner  Trustee  does not receive  such  instructions  within 10 days
after it has delivered such notice,  or such shorter period of time set forth in
such notice,  it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking
such action not inconsistent  with this Agreement as it shall deem advisable and
in the best  interests of the Owners and the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable
for such action or inaction.

                6.04.  Activities  of Trust.  The Trust  shall not engage in any
activities  other  than  those  required  or  authorized  by the  terms  of this
Agreement or the Indenture.

                6.05.   No  Duties   Except  as   Specified   in   Agreement  or
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
make any payment in respect of, register,  record, sell, dispose of or otherwise
deal with the Trust  Property,  or to otherwise  take or refrain from taking any
action under, or in connection with, any document  contemplated  hereby to which
the Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party,  except as expressly  provided by the
terms of this Agreement or in written instructions pursuant to Section 6.03; and


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

no implied duties or obligations  shall be read into this Agreement  against the
Owner  Trustee.  WTC  nevertheless  agrees  that it  will,  at its own  cost and
expense,  promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens on
any part of the Trust  Property which are  attributable  to actions by or claims
against WTC that are not related to the  ownership of the Trust  Property or the
administration  of the Trust Property or the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement or the Note Agreements.

                6.06.   No  Action   Except   Under   Specified   Documents   or
Instructions.  The Owner Trustee agrees that it will not manage,  control,  use,
sell,  dispose  of or  otherwise  deal with the  Trust  Property  except  (i) as
required  by the terms of this  Agreement,  (ii) in  accordance  with the powers
granted to, or the authority  conferred upon, the Owner Trustee pursuant to this
Agreement, or (iii) in accordance with the express terms hereof or in accordance
with  written  instructions  received by the Owner  Trustee  pursuant to Section
6.03.

                6.07.  Further  Assurances.  Upon  written  request,  the  Owner
Trustee  shall  execute  and deliver all such other  instruments,  documents  or
certificates and take all such other actions as may be necessary or advisable in
connection with the performance of its duties  hereunder and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                6.08.  Restrictions.  The Owner Trustee shall take no action (a)
that is  inconsistent  with the purposes and powers of the Trust as set forth in
Section 2.04 or (b) if the Owner  Trustee has been  notified by the Agent or the
Indenture  Trustee  that  such  action  would  cause or  threaten  to cause  any
nationally  recognized  statistical rating organization that has rated the Notes
to  downgrade  the  ratings  of the Notes.  Neither  the Owners nor the Agent on
behalf of the Owners  shall  direct the Owner  Trustee to take action that would
violate the provisions of this Section 6.08.

                6.09.  Books and Records.  The Owner  Trustee  shall keep proper
books of record  and  account  of all the  transactions  under  this  Agreement,
including the  Certificate  Register,  at its Corporate  Trust Office,  and such
books and records  shall be open to  inspection  by any Owner at all  reasonable
times during the usual business hours of the Owner Trustee.

                6.10.  Communication  with Owners.  If an Owner (for purposes of
this Section, an "Applicant")  applies in writing to the Owner Trustee, and such
application  states that the Applicant  desires to communicate with other Owners
and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other  communication  which


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

such Applicant proposes to transmit,  then the Owner Trustee shall,  within five
Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

                (1) afford such  Applicant  access to the  Certificate  Register
        maintained  by the Owner  Trustee in  accordance  with  Section  3.03(a)
        hereof; or

                (2) inform such Applicant as to the approximate number of Owners
        whose names and addresses appear in the Certificate Register,  and as to
        the  approximate  cost of  mailing  to such  Owners the form of proxy or
        other communication, if any, specified in such application.

                If the Owner  Trustee  shall elect not to afford such  Applicant
access to the Certificate  Register,  the Owner Trustee shall,  upon the written
request of such Applicant,  mail to each Owner whose name and address appears in
the  Certificate  Register  a copy of the form of proxy or other  communications
that is specified in such request with reasonable  promptness  after a tender to
the Owner Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment,  or provision for
the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing.  Each Owner acknowledges and
agrees that the Owner Trustee  shall incur no liability in  connection  with any
information provided pursuant to this Section 6.10.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                          CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                7.01. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee accepts
the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform the same but only upon the terms
of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually
received by it  constituting  part of the Trust  Property upon the terms of this
Agreement.  WTC shall not be answerable or accountable under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence,  (ii) in the case
of the inaccuracy of any  representation or warranty  contained in Section 2.08,
(iii) for  liabilities  arising  from the failure by WTC to perform  obligations
expressly  undertaken  by it in the last  sentence of Section  6.05, or (iv) for
taxes,  fees or other charges on, based on or measured by any fees,  commissions
or  compensation  received  by WTC in  connection  with any of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the Note Agreements. In particular, but not by
way of limitation:


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

                (a) WTC shall not be liable  for any error of  judgment  made in
good faith by a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee;

                (b) No provision of this  Agreement  shall require WTC to expend
or risk funds or otherwise  incur any financial  liability in the performance of
any of the  Owner  Trustee's  rights  or powers  hereunder,  if WTC  shall  have
reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  repayment  of such funds or  adequate
indemnity  against such risk or liability is not reasonably  assured or provided
to it;

                (c) Under no circumstance  shall WTC be liable for  indebtedness
evidenced by any Notes;

                (d) [Reserved]

                (e)  WTC  shall  not be  responsible  for or in  respect  of the
recitals  herein,  the validity or  sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due
execution  hereof  by the  Depositor,  the SPE or the  Agent  or for  the  form,
character, genuineness,  sufficiency, value or validity of any Collateral or for
or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture,  and WTC shall in
no event assume or incur any  liability,  duty or obligation to any  Noteholder,
the Depositor or to any Owner, other than as expressly provided for herein;

                (f)  WTC  shall  not be  under  any  obligation  to  appear  in,
prosecute  or defend any action which in its opinion may require it to incur any
out-of-pocket  expense or any liability,  unless it shall be furnished with such
reasonable  security and  indemnity  against such expense or liability as it may
require,  and any  out-of-pocket  cost of the Owner  Trustee as a result of such
actions shall be deductible  from and a charge against the Trust Property to the
extent that such Trust Property is not subject to the Lien of the Indenture. The
Owner  Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to,  undertake  such action as it
may deem  necessary  at any and all times,  without  any  further  action by any
Owner,  to protect the Trust Property and the rights and interests of the Owners
pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and the Indenture;  provided,  however,
that WTC may obtain  reimbursement for the  out-of-pocket  expenses and costs of
such actions,  undertakings or proceedings from the Trust Property to the extent
that  such  portion  of the Trust  Property  is not  subject  to the Lien of the
Indenture;

                (g)  Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary,
neither  WTC nor the Owner  Trustee  shall be required to take any action in any
jurisdiction  other than in the State of  Delaware  if the taking of such action
will (i) require the  consent or  approval or  authorization  or order of or the


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

giving of notice to, or the registration with or taking of any action in respect
of,  any state or other  governmental  authority  or agency of any  jurisdiction
other  than  the  State  of  Delaware;  (ii)  result  in any  fee,  tax or other
governmental  charge  under  the  laws  of any  jurisdiction  or  any  political
subdivisions  thereof in  existence  on the date hereof  other than the State of
Delaware becoming payable by WTC; or (iii) subject WTC to personal  jurisdiction
in any  jurisdiction  other  than the  State of  Delaware  for  causes of action
arising from acts unrelated to the  consummation  of the  transactions by WTC or
the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, contemplated hereby.

                7.02. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee will furnish to
the Agent,  promptly upon receipt thereof,  duplicates or copies of all reports,
notices,  requests,  demands,  certificates,  financial statements and any other
instruments  furnished  to  the  Owner  Trustee  hereunder  or  under  the  Note
Agreements, unless the Owner Trustee reasonably believes a copy already has been
furnished to the Agent.

                7.03. [Reserved]

                7.04. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest. Except as otherwise
provided  herein or in the  Indenture,  moneys  received  by the  Owner  Trustee
hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to the extent  required by
law and may be deposited  under such general  conditions as may be prescribed by
law,  and  neither the Owner  Trustee  nor WTC shall be liable for any  interest
thereon.

                7.05. Reliance;  Employment of Agents and Advice of Counsel. (a)
The Owner  Trustee  shall  incur no  liability  to  anyone  in  acting  upon any
signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate,
report,  opinion or other  document  or paper  believed  by it to be genuine and
believed by it to be signed by the proper  party or parties.  The Owner  Trustee
may accept a certified  copy of a resolution  of the board of directors or other
governing  body  of  any  corporate  party  as  conclusive  evidence  that  such
resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force
and effect. As to any fact or matter the manner of ascertainment of which is not
specifically  prescribed  herein,  the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof
rely on a certificate  signed by the president or any vice  president and by the
treasurer or an assistant  treasurer or the secretary or an assistant  secretary
of the relevant party,  as to such fact or matter,  and such  certificate  shall
constitute  full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted
to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

                (b) In its exercise or  administration  of the trusts and powers
hereunder,  including its  obligations  under Section  6.02(b) and any duties or
obligations  under the  Indenture,  the Owner Trustee may, at the expense of the
Trust  Property,  employ agents,  attorneys,  accountants and auditors and enter
into agreements with any of them, and WTC, in its individual capacity and in its
capacity  as Owner  Trustee,  shall not be  answerable  or  accountable  for the
default or misconduct of any such agents, attorneys,  accountants or auditors or
for any action taken by the Owner Trustee in  accordance  with advice given as a
result  of  such  employment  or  consultation,   if  such  agents,   attorneys,
accountants  or  auditors  shall have been  selected by the Owner  Trustee  with
reasonable care.

                (c) In the  administration  of the  trusts  hereunder  or in the
performance of its duties and obligations under any of the Note Agreements,  the
Owner Trustee may act directly or, at the expense of the Trust Property, through
agents or attorneys and may, at the expense of the Trust Property,  consult with
counsel,  accountants,  auditors  and other  skilled  persons to be selected and
employed by it, and the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for  anything  done,
suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the advice or opinion
of any such counsel,  accountants  or other skilled  persons and not contrary to
this Agreement.

                7.06. Not Acting in Individual  Capacity.  Except as provided in
this  Article  VII, in accepting  the trusts  hereby  created WTC acts solely as
trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any
claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the  transactions  contemplated  by
the Note  Agreements  shall  look  only to the Trust  Property  for  payment  or
satisfaction  thereof;  provided,  however,  that nothing contained herein shall
protect WTC or the Owner  Trustee  against any  liability  to which either would
otherwise  be subject by reason of or with  respect to the matters  contained in
clauses (i) to (iv) of Section 7.01.

                7.07 Special Servicing and Collateral Fund Agreements. The Owner
Trustee acknowledges for the benefit of each Servicer or Master Servicer under a
Special Servicing  Agreement to which AIC is a party and which relates to any of
the Securities that it is not entitled to exercise any contractual  rights under
those various Special  Servicing  Agreements either prior to, or, if applicable,
after any  foreclosure  upon the  Collateral  due to a default  under the Notes,
without the express prior written consent of such Servicer or Master Servicer.


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

                8.01. Trust Expenses. The Owners, on a pro rata basis based upon
their  respective  Ownership  Percentages,  shall pay (or reimburse WTC for) all
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses,  disbursements and advances incurred or made
by the Owner  Trustee  (including  without  limitation  the amounts set forth in
clauses  (a)  through  (d) of Section  5.01),  to the extent not paid out of the
Trust  Property,  in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement and
the Note Agreements, including, without limitation, the reasonable compensation,
expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives,  experts and counsel
as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection  with the exercise and performance
of its rights and duties under this Agreement and the Note Agreements.

                8.02. Indemnification.  (a) On a pro rata basis based upon their
respective Ownership Percentages,  the Owners covenant to indemnify WTC for, and
to  hold  it  harmless  against,  any  loss,  liability,  obligations,  damages,
penalties,  taxes  (excluding  any taxes  payable by WTC on or  measured  by any
compensation  for services  rendered by the Owner Trustee under this Agreement),
actions,  claims,  suits  or  out-of-pocket  expenses  or  costs  including  the
reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  counsel)  of any kind and nature  whatsoever
incurred  or  arising  out  of  or  in   connection   with  the   acceptance  or
administration  of this trust (the  "Indemnified  Expenses"),  to the extent not
paid out of the Trust Property, including the reasonable costs and out-of-pocket
expenses of defending  itself  against any claim of  liability in the  premises,
except for expenses resulting from the matters referred to in the proviso clause
to  Section  7.06 or for the Owner  Trustee's  failure to use  ordinary  care to
dispense funds pursuant to Section 5.01. The indemnities under this Section 8.02
shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                (b) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be required to take or refrain
from taking any action under this Agreement or the Note  Agreements  (other than
the giving of  notices)  unless WTC shall have been  indemnified,  in manner and
form satisfactory to WTC, against any Indemnified Expenses which may be incurred
or charged in connection  therewith.  The Owner Trustee shall not be required to
take any action if WTC shall reasonably determine, or shall have been advised by
counsel,  that such  action is likely  to result in  personal  liability,  or is
contrary to the terms hereof or of any document contemplated hereby to which the
Owner Trustee is a party or otherwise contrary to law.


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

                8.03.  Compensation.  WTC shall receive as compensation  for the
Owner Trustee's  services hereunder a fee which shall be set forth in a separate
agreement with the Depositor.

                8.04. Lien on Trust Property. WTC shall have a Lien on the Trust
Property  for any  compensation  or  indemnity  due  hereunder,  such Lien to be
subject  only  to  prior  Liens  of the  Indenture,  including  the  lien of the
Indenture Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                         TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

                9.01. Termination of Trust Agreement. (a) This Agreement and the
trusts  created  hereby may be  terminated by the Depositor at any time prior to
the issuance of the Notes and the pledge of the  Collateral  pursuant to Section
6.01(b).  This Agreement and the trusts  created hereby shall  terminate and the
Trust  Property  shall,  subject to the  Indenture  and Section 5.01 hereof,  be
distributed  to  the  Owners  in  accordance  with  their  respective  Ownership
Percentages, and this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect, upon the
sale or other final  disposition by the Indenture Trustee of all moneys or other
property or proceeds of the Collateral and other assets otherwise held under and
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Indenture and by the Owner Trustee of all
the Trust Property and the final distribution by the Owner Trustee in accordance
with Section 5.01 hereof. The bankruptcy, death or incapacity of any Owner shall
not  operate to  terminate  this  Agreement,  nor  entitle  such  Owner's  legal
representatives  or  heirs  to claim an  accounting  or to take  any  action  or
proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust Property, nor
otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

                (b) On any  Payment  Date on or after  the  date on which  after
taking into account  payments of  principal  on such Payment Date the  aggregate
outstanding  Note  Principal  Balance  of the  Notes  is less  than 25% of their
original Note Principal Balance,  Owners may direct the Owner Trustee to redeem,
on behalf of the Trust,  the Notes in whole but not in part.  In  addition,  the
Owners may direct the Owner Trustee to redeem, on behalf of the Trust, the Notes
in whole,  but not in part,  at any time  upon a  determination,  based  upon an
opinion of counsel,  that the Notes of any Class will not be treated for federal
income tax purposes as evidences of indebtedness. Any such redemption will be at
a  redemption  price  equal  to the  aggregate  Note  Principal  Balance  of the
outstanding  Notes and the amount of any  expenses  payable  by the  Trust.  The


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

Owners may exercise their right to cause the redemption upon (i) the election of
the Owners  holding a majority of the ownership  interests in the Trust and (ii)
the payment by or on behalf of each Owner of such  Owner's pro rata share of the
purchase price. If the majority in interest of the Owners do not otherwise agree
on the  disposition of the  Securities,  the Securities  will be assigned to the
Owners,  the  Owner  holding  the  largest  Ownership  Percentage  will sell the
Securities  at market  value,  and any proceeds  remaining  after payment of the
expenses of the Trust will first be applied to repay amounts  provided to redeem
the Notes and then will be paid to each Owner pro rata based on their respective
interests in the Trust.

                (c) Except as provided in Section 9.01(a), neither the Depositor
nor any Owner shall be entitled to revoke the Trust established hereunder.

                (d) Upon the  winding  up of the Trust and its  termination  the
Owner  Trustee  shall cause the  Certificate  of Trust filed under the Act to be
canceled by filing a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State.


                                    ARTICLE X

                SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES

                10.01.  Resignation of Owner Trustee;  Appointment of Successor.
(a) The Owner Trustee may resign at any time without cause by giving at least 60
days' prior written  notice to the Owners,  such  resignation to be effective on
the  acceptance  of  appointment  by a successor  Owner  Trustee  under  Section
10.01(b). Upon receipt of such notice of resignation, the Owners shall use their
best  efforts  promptly to appoint a successor  Owner  Trustee in the manner and
meeting  the  qualifications  hereinafter  provided  by  written  instrument  or
instruments  delivered to such resigning  Owner Trustee and the successor  Owner
Trustee.  In addition,  the Owners may at any time remove the Owner  Trustee for
its  commission  of a material  breach of this  Agreement  by an  instrument  in
writing  delivered to the Owner  Trustee,  such removal to be effective upon the
acceptance of appointment by a successor  Owner Trustee under Section  10.01(b).
In case of the  resignation  or  removal  of the Owner  Trustee,  the Owners may
appoint a successor  Owner Trustee by an instrument  signed by the Owners.  If a
successor  Owner Trustee shall not have been appointed  within 30 days after the
giving of written  notice of such  resignation  or the  delivery  of the written
instrument  with respect to such  removal,  the Owner  Trustee or the Owners may


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

apply to any  court of  competent  jurisdiction  to  appoint a  successor  Owner
Trustee to act until such time, if any, as a successor shall have been appointed
as above provided.  Thereupon,  such court may appoint a successor Owner Trustee
as it may deem proper.  Any  successor  Owner Trustee so appointed by such court
shall  immediately  and without further act be superseded by any successor Owner
Trustee  appointed  as  above  provided  within  one  year  from the date of the
appointment by such court.

                (b)  Any  successor  Owner  Trustee,  however  appointed,  shall
promptly  execute and deliver to the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee an  instrument
accepting such appointment,  and thereupon such successor Owner Trustee, without
further act,  shall  become  vested with all the  estates,  properties,  rights,
powers,  duties  and  trusts of the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee  in the  trusts
hereunder  with like effect as if originally  named the Owner Trustee herein and
shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Nevertheless,
upon the written  request of such  successor  Owner  Trustee,  and following the
receipt of any compensation or indemnity due hereunder,  such predecessor  Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver an instrument  transferring  to such successor
Owner Trustee,  upon the trusts herein expressed,  all the estates,  properties,
rights,  powers,  duties and trusts of such predecessor Owner Trustee,  and such
predecessor Owner Trustee shall duly assign,  transfer,  deliver and pay over to
such successor Owner Trustee all of the Trust Property then held or subsequently
received  by  such  predecessor   Owner  Trustee  together  with  all  necessary
instruments of transfer and  assignments or other  documents  properly  executed
necessary  to effect such  transfer  and such of the  records or copies  thereof
maintained by the  predecessor  Owner Trustee who shall  thereupon be discharged
from all duties and  responsibilities  under this Agreement.  Any resignation or
removal of an Owner Trustee and  appointment of a successor  Owner Trustee shall
become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee.

                (c) Any successor Owner Trustee,  however appointed,  shall be a
bank or trust company  incorporated  and doing business within the United States
of America,  having its principal place of business in the State of Delaware and
having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000,  if there be such
an institution willing,  able and legally qualified to perform the duties of the
Owner Trustee hereunder upon reasonable or customary terms.

                (d) Any  corporation  into which the Owner Trustee may be merged
or converted or with which it may be consolidated,  or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be
a party,  or any  corporation  to which  substantially  all the corporate  trust
business of the Owner Trustee may be transferred, shall, subject to the terms of
Section 10.01(c), be the Owner Trustee under this Agreement without further act.


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

                10.02.  Appointment of Additional  Trustees.  (a) At any time or
times, for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirements of any jurisdiction in
which any of the Trust Property may at the time be located, or in the event that
the Owner Trustee is unwilling to perform any act in any jurisdiction other than
the State of Delaware,  the Owner Trustee shall have the power to appoint one or
more  individuals  or  corporations  either to act as co-trustee or  co-trustees
jointly  with the  Owner  Trustee  or to act as  separate  trustee  or  separate
trustees and to vest in such person or persons, in such capacity,  such title to
the Trust Property or any part thereof, and such rights,  powers, duties, trusts
or  obligations  as may be  necessary  for the Trust to carry  out the  purposes
hereunder, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 10.02.

                (b) Unless otherwise provided in the instrument  appointing such
co-trustee or separate  trustee,  every co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to
the extent  permitted  by law,  be  appointed  subject to the  following  terms,
namely:

                         (i) All rights,  powers, trusts, duties and obligations
                conferred by this Agreement upon the Owner Trustee in respect of
                the custody, control or management of moneys, papers, securities
                and other  personal  property  shall be exercised  solely by the
                Owner Trustee;

                         (ii) All rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations
                conferred or imposed by this  Agreement  upon the trustees shall
                be conferred  or imposed upon and  exercised or performed by the
                Owner  Trustee,  or by the Owner Trustee and such  co-trustee or
                co-trustees,  or separate trustee and separate trustees jointly,
                except to the extent that,  under the law of any jurisdiction in
                which any particular act or acts are to be performed,  the Owner
                Trustee shall be  incompetent or unqualified to perform such act
                or acts,  or in the event that the Owner Trustee is unwilling to
                perform  any act in any  jurisdiction  other  than the  State of
                Delaware,  in which event such act or acts shall be performed by
                such  co-trustee or co-trustees or separate  trustee or separate
                trustees alone;

                         (iii) Any  request in  writing by the Owner  Trustee to
                any  co-trustee  or  separate  trustee to take or  refrain  from
                taking any action hereunder shall be sufficient  warrant for the


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

                taking,  or the refraining  from taking,  of such action by such
                co-trustee or separate trustee;

                         (iv) Any  co-trustee or separate  trustee to the extent
                permitted by law may delegate to the Owner  Trustee the exercise
                of any right, power, trust, duty or obligation, discretionary or
                otherwise;

                         (v) The Owner  Trustee at any time, by an instrument in
                writing may accept the  resignation  of or remove any co-trustee
                or  separate  trustee  appointed  under this  Section  10.02.  A
                successor to any  co-trustee or separate  trustee so resigned or
                removed may be appointed in the manner  provided in this Section
                10.02;

                         (vi) Neither the Owner  Trustee nor any  co-trustee  or
                separate trustee appointed  hereunder shall be personally liable
                by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee  hereunder
                selected by it with reasonable care;

                         (vii)  Any  demand,  request,  direction,  appointment,
                removal,  notice,  consent,  waiver or other  action in  writing
                executed by the Owners and  delivered to the Owner Trustee shall
                be deemed  to have been  delivered  to each such  co-trustee  or
                separate trustee; and

                         (viii) Any moneys, papers, securities or other items of
                personal  property  received by any such  co-trustee or separate
                trustee hereunder shall forthwith, so far as may be permitted by
                law, be turned over to the Owner  Trustee to be held pursuant to
                the terms hereof.

                (c) Upon the  acceptance in writing of such  appointment  by any
such co-trustee or separate  trustee,  it or he shall be vested with the estate,
right,  title and interest in the Trust Property,  or portion thereof,  and with
such rights, powers,  duties, trusts or obligations,  jointly or separately with
the Owner Trustee,  as set forth herein or otherwise,  all as shall be specified
in the instrument of  appointment,  subject to all the terms hereof.  Every such
acceptance shall be filed with the Owner Trustee.

                (d) In case any co-trustee or separate trustee shall die, become
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, the estate, right, title and interest
in the Trust Property and all rights,  powers, trusts, duties and obligations of


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

said  co-trustee or separate  trustee shall, so far as permitted by law, vest in
and be exercised by the Owner Trustee unless and until a successor co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be appointed pursuant to this Section 10.02.

                10.03  Amendments to  Certificate  of Trust.  Upon the change in
identity of any of the  Trustees as provided for in this Article X, the Trustees
shall cause an amendment to the  Certificate  of Trust filed under the Act to be
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware indicating the change
with respect to such Trustee's identity.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                11.01.  Supplements,  Amendments and Waivers. (a) At the written
request  of Owners  holding,  in the  aggregate,  not less than  66-2/3%  of the
ownership  interest in the Trust,  amendments of, or waivers of compliance with,
any provisions of this Agreement (other than Sections 2.04, 2.10, 3.03, 9.01 and
11.02,  which,  after the sale and issuance of the Notes, shall also require the
consent of holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the Note Principal Balance of the
Notes then Outstanding)  shall be effected by a written instrument signed by the
Owner Trustee and all of such Owners, but if in the opinion of the Owner Trustee
any instrument  required to be so executed  adversely affects any right, duty or
liability of, or immunity or indemnity in favor of, the Owner Trustee under this
Agreement or any of the documents contemplated hereby to which the Owner Trustee
is a party,  or would  cause or  result  in any  conflict  with or breach of any
terms,  conditions or provisions of, or default under, the charter  documents or
by-laws of the Owner  Trustee or any document  contemplated  hereby to which the
Owner Trustee is a party, or would violate the fundamental purpose of the Trust,
the Owner Trustee may in its sole discretion decline to execute such instrument.

                (b)  Prior to the  execution  of any  amendment,  supplement  or
waiver to this Agreement,  the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to obtain (at the
expense of the Trust Property) an opinion of counsel as to whether such proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver is permitted by the terms hereof.

                11.02.  No Legal Title to Trust  Property in Owners.  The Owners
shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust  Property  and shall only be
entitled to receive  distributions  with respect to their  undivided  beneficial
interest therein  pursuant to Section 5.01. No transfer,  by operation of law or
otherwise,  of any  right,  title  and  interest  of the  Owners in and to their


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

undivided  beneficial interests in the Trust Property or hereunder shall operate
to terminate this Agreement or the trusts  hereunder or entitle any successor or
transferee  to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part
of the Trust Property.

                11.03.  Pledge of Collateral  by Owner  Trustee is Binding.  The
pledge of the  Collateral to the  Indenture  Trustee by the Trust made under the
Indenture and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement  shall bind the Owners and
shall be  effective to transfer or convey the rights of the Trust and the Owners
in and to such Collateral to the extent set forth in the Indenture. No purchaser
or  other  grantee  shall  be  required  to  inquire  as to  the  authorization,
necessity,  expediency or regularity of such pledge or as to the  application of
any proceeds with respect thereto by the Owner Trustee.

                11.04.   Limitations  on  Rights  of  Others.  Nothing  in  this
Agreement,  whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any person
other  than WTC or the Owner  Trustee,  as the case may be,  and the  Owners any
legal or  equitable  right in the Trust  Property or under or in respect of this
Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein; provided;
however,  that the Trustee  and the  Noteholders  are third party  beneficiaries
hereof.

                11.05.  Non-Petition.  Each  of the  Depositor,  the SPE and WTC
agrees  that it will not seek to  commence a case under the  Bankruptcy  Code or
similar law against the Trust prior to one year and one day after the Notes have
been  paid  in  full.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  survive  any
termination of this Agreement.

                11.06.   Notices.   Unless  otherwise   expressly  specified  or
permitted by the terms hereof,  all notices shall be in writing and delivered by
hand or mailed by certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  if to the Owner  Trustee,
addressed to 1100 N. Market Street,  Rodney Square North,  Wilmington,  Delaware
19890-0001,  Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or to such other address
as the Owner Trustee may have set forth in a written notice to the Owners and to
the Agent; if to the Agent, addressed to it at Asset Investors Corporation, 3600
South Yosemite Street, Denver, Colorado 80237 Attention: President or such other
address as the Agent may have furnished to the Owner Trustee and the Owners; and
if to an Owner,  addressed  to it at the address set forth for such Owner in the
register  maintained  by the Owner  Trustee.  Whenever  any notice in writing is
required to be given by the Owner Trustee, such notice shall be deemed given and


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

such requirement  satisfied if such notice is mailed by certified mail,  postage
prepaid, addressed as provided above.


                11.07.  Authorization  for Action Deemed to be Given. Any action
taken by the Owner  Trustee  pursuant to this  Agreement  in the presence of the
Depositor,  the  Agent or their  respective  counsel,  whether  with or  without
written  instructions  directing the Owner Trustee to take such action, shall be
conclusively  deemed to be  authorized  and taken  under  the  direction  of the
Depositor or the Agent, as the case may be.

                11.08.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement  which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                11.09. Separate Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by
the parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each of which when so executed and
delivered  shall  be an  original,  but all  such  counterparts  shall  together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                11.10.  Successors  and Assigns.  All covenants  and  agreements
contained  herein shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the benefit of, WTC, the
Owner Trustee,  each Owner and their respective  successors and assigns,  all as
herein  provided.  Any  request,  notice,  direction,  consent,  waiver or other
instrument or action by an Owner shall bind the  successors  and assigns of such
Owner.

                11.11.  Headings.  The  headings  of the  various  Articles  and
Sections  herein are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                11.12.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall in all respects be
governed  by,  and  construed  in  accordance  with,  the  laws of the  State of
Delaware, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>





                IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Deposit
Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective  officers  hereunto duly
authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                                  By: /s/ W. Chris Sponenberg
                                     ----------------------------------
                                      Name:  W. Chris Sponenberg
                                     Title:  Senior Financial Services Officer

                                  ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION


                                  By: /s/ Kevin Nystrom
                                     ----------------------------------
                                      Name:  Kevin Nystrom
                                     Title:  Senior Vice President and Chief
                                             Financial Officer


                                  ASSET INVESTORS SECURED FINANCING CORPORATION

                                  By: /s/ Kevin Nystrom
                                     ----------------------------------
                                      Name:  Kevin Nystrom
                                     Title:  Vice President, Secretary and
                                             Treasurer

         THIS POOLED CERTIFICATE TRANSFER AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as
of March 26, 1997, by and between Asset Investors Secured Financing Corporation,
a Delaware  corporation  ("SPE")  and Asset  Investors  Corporation,  a Maryland
corporation (the "Company "), recites and provides as follows:


                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, the Company owns certain mortgage certificates as set forth on
Schedule A hereto (the "Pooled Certificates");

         WHEREAS, SPE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires  to  contribute  its  right,  title and
interest in and to the Pooled Certificates and other related assets (as provided
herein)  to the SPE  pursuant  to the terms  hereof in  exchange  for all of the
authorized and outstanding stock of the SPE;

         WHEREAS,  the SPE and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee,  have
entered into a Trust  Agreement  (the "Trust  Agreement")  dated as of March 26,
1997 creating Structured Mortgage Trust 1997-1 (the "Issuer");

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement the SPE will,  subsequent to
the  effectiveness  of this  Agreement,  contribute  all its  right,  title  and
interest in and to the Pooled Certificates to the Issuer;

         WHEREAS,   contemporaneously   with  the  contribution  of  the  Pooled
Certificates  to the Issuer  pursuant to the terms of the Trust  Agreement,  the
Issuer  will issue its  Collateralized  Notes,  (the  "Notes"),  pursuant  to an
Indenture (the  "Indenture"),  dated as of March 26, 1997,  between State Street
Bank and Trust Company, as indenture trustee (the "Trustee") and the Issuer;

         WHEREAS,  following the contribution of the Pooled  Certificates to the
Issuer,  the Issuer intends to pledge such Pooled  Certificates,  and all of its
rights thereunder to the Trustee to secure payments on the Notes;

         WHEREAS,  contemporaneously  with the issuance of the Notes, the Issuer
will sell the Notes to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (the "Initial  Purchaser") under
a Note Purchase Agreement,  dated March 26, 1997, among the Company,  the Issuer
and the Initial Purchaser (the "Note Purchase Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  capitalized  terms used and not defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.


                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants,  representations  and  warranties  herein  made  and  other  good and
valuable   consideration,   the  receipt   and   adequacy  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  Contribution and Transfer.

         (a) The Company hereby contributes, conveys, assigns and transfers, and
the  SPE  hereby  accepts  in  each  case as of the  Delivery  Date,  all of the
Company's right, title and interest in and to the Pooled Certificates, having an
aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the close of business on March 24,
1997 (except  March 17, 1997 with respect to the PHH Pooled  Certificates)  (the
"Pooled  Certificate  Information  Date")  of  $221,120,946.00  and  any and all
payments  that are paid on the Pooled  Certificates  during March 1997 which the
Company has estimated at $1,613,876.00,  (the "Cash Amount"); provided, however,
that if the actual amount  distributed on a Pooled  Certificate in such month is
less than the expected  amount,  the SPE shall  request the Trustee  promptly to
remit the shortfall to the Company upon the Company's  provision to the SPE, the
Issuer  and the  Trustee,  of  reasonably  satisfactory  evidence  thereof  and;
provided,  further,  that  if the  amount  actually  distributed  on the  Pooled
Certificates  in such month  exceeds the  expected  amount,  the  Company  shall
promptly remit such excess to the Trustee for deposit into the Payment Account.

         (b) The Company hereby contributes, conveys, assigns and transfers, and
the Issuer  hereby  accepts,  in each case as of the Delivery  Date,  all of the
Company's  right,  title  and  interest  in and to the list of  certain  limited
indemnification,  and  reimbursement  agreements  associated with certain of the
Pooled  Certificates  as set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part
hereof (the "Other Assets").

         (c) The contribution and transfer of the Pooled  Certificates  shall be
effected by endorsement and delivery of the Pooled  Certificates and delivery of
the Cash Amount as provided in Section 3 hereof.

         SECTION  2.  Distribution   Rights.   Subsequent  to  all  transactions
contemplated  herein and in the Trust  Agreement  and the Indenture the Trustee,
acting  on  behalf  of the  Holders  of  the  Notes  shall  be  entitled  to all
distributions,  including  distributions of interest, on the Pooled Certificates
due after the Pooled Certificate Information Date. All available  distributions,
including  interest,  on the  Pooled  Certificates  due on or before  the Pooled
Certificate Information Date shall belong to the Company.

         SECTION 3. Transfer of the Pooled  Certificates  and Endorsement of the
Pooled  Certificates.  Following the contribution of the Pooled  Certificates to
the SPE by the Company,  ownership  thereof  shall be vested in the SPE. The SPE
hereby  directs the Company to deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible  prior
to the Delivery Date the Pooled Certificates  together with bond powers executed
in favor of "STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, AS TRUSTEE FOR SMT 1997-1" and


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

any  transferor  documents  and opinions of counsel  required by the pooling and
servicing agreements or other documents under which the Pooled Certificates were
issued. Prior to the effectiveness of the contribution provided for, the Trustee
shall hold the Pooled  Certificates  for the  benefit of the  Company.  The Cash
Amount shall be delivered on the Closing Date to the Trustee.

         SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company
hereby  represents and warrants to the Issuer,  as of the date of this Agreement
or as of such other date as is specifically provided herein, as follows:

         (a) the Company  acquired the Pooled  Certificates and the Other Assets
in the ordinary  course of its  business,  in good faith,  for value and without
notice of any claim  against or claim to any of the Pooled  Certificates  or the
Other Assets on the part of any person;

         (b) the Company does not have any actual or  constructive  knowledge or
notice of any ownership interest in the Pooled  Certificates or the Other Assets
that upon  contribution  of such to the SPE and transfer in accordance  herewith
will be adverse to the  interests of the SPE  hereunder,  or of the Issuer under
the Trust Agreement or the Trustee under the Indenture;

         (c) the Company is duly  incorporated  and validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of Maryland and has the full power,  authority and legal
right to transfer and convey the Pooled Certificates and the Other Assets to the
SPE and has the full power,  authority  (corporate and other) and legal right to
execute and deliver, engage in the transactions contemplated by, and perform and
observe the terms and conditions of, this Agreement;

         (d) the  execution  and delivery by the Company of this  Agreement  are
within the legal power of and have been duly authorized by all necessary  action
on the part of the Company; neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
by the  Company,  nor  the  consummation  by  the  Company  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  nor compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof,
will (i) conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default  under,
any of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of, or any law,
governmental  rule or regulation,  or any judgment,  decree or order binding on,
the  Company  or its  properties,  or any of the  provisions  of any  indenture,
mortgage,  deed of trust, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or
by which it is bound,  or (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
charge or encumbrance  upon any of its  properties  pursuant to the terms of any
such indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other instrument;

         (e) this  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company
and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable
in  accordance  with its  terms  subject,  as to  enforcement  of  remedies,  to
applicable  bankruptcy,   reorganization,   insolvency  or  other  similar  laws
affecting  creditors'  rights  generally  from  time to time in  effect,  and to
general principles of equity;

         (f) no consent, approval,  authorization or order of or registration or
filing with, or notice to, any  governmental  authority or court is required for


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of or compliance by the Company with
this  Agreement  or the  consummation  by the  Company of any other  transaction
contemplated hereby;

         (g) no certificate of an officer  furnished  pursuant hereto in writing
to the SPE or the  Issuer or the  Trustee  by the  Company  contains  any untrue
statement of a material  fact,  or omits a material  fact  necessary to make the
certificate not misleading;

         (h) the Company has not dealt with any broker,  investment  banker,  or
agent or other person that may be entitled to any commission or  compensation in
connection  with the sale of the Pooled  Certificates or the Other Assets to the
Issuer (other than the Initial Purchaser);

         (i) there is no  litigation  pending  or, to the  Company's  knowledge,
threatened  against the Company,  which would  reasonably  be expected to affect
adversely  the  transfer of the Pooled  Certificates  or the Other Assets or the
execution, delivery, performance or enforceability of this Agreement;

         (j) no  default  exists  on the part of the  Company,  and no event has
occurred which,  with notice,  lapse of time or both, would constitute a default
on the part of the Company in the due  performance  and  observance of any term,
covenant or  condition  of any  agreement  to which the Company is a party or by
which it is bound,  which default would have a materially  adverse effect on the
Company's performance of this Agreement;

         (k) the transfer of the Pooled Certificates and the Other Assets to the
Issuer  will  be  classified  as a  contribution  of  assets  to a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  on the books and
records of the Company;

         (1) immediately prior to the transfer of the Pooled Certificates to the
SPE,  the Company  will be the sole owner of, and will have good and  marketable
title to,  the Pooled  Certificates  and the Other  Assets,  subject to no prior
lien, mortgage,  security interest,  pledge,  charge or other encumbrance or any
such encumbrance will be discharged,  and on the Closing Date, the Company shall
duly and  validly  endorse the Pooled  Certificates  as  described  in Section 3
hereof and deliver the Pooled  Certificates  as  described  in Section 3 hereof,
together  with any other  documents or  certificates  as may be required by this
Agreement. Following the contribution of the Pooled Certificates to the SPE, the
SPE will own such Pooled Certificates and the Other Assets free and clear of any
prior lien, mortgage,  security interest,  pledge,  charge or other encumbrance,
subject  to their  subsequent  transfer  to the  Issuer  pursuant  to the  Trust
Agreement and pledge of the Pooled  Certificates to the Trustee  pursuant to the
Indenture.

         (m) the transfer,  assignment and conveyance of the Pooled Certificates
by the Company  pursuant to this  Agreement is not subject to bulk transfer laws
or any similar statutory provisions in effect in any applicable jurisdiction;

         (n) the information set forth in  Schedule A hereto is true and correct
in all  material  respects as of the Pooled Certificate Information Date;


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

         (o) all conditions  precedent and any restrictions upon the transfer of
the Pooled  Certificates  and the Other Assets  provided  for in the  Underlying
Agreements have been satisfied and the transfer of the Pooled  Certificates  and
the Other  Assets to the Trustee  will be  complete  upon the  execution  of the
Indenture by the parties  thereto and their delivery to the Trustee  pursuant to
the terms thereof  (provided that transfer of registered  ownership will only be
complete  after the  Underlying  Trustees  have  issued new Pooled  Certificates
registered in the name of the Trustee);

         (p) the  Company  intends to  relinquish  all  ownership  rights in the
Pooled Certificates  transferred  pursuant to this Agreement;  after the Closing
Date,  the Company will have no right to the Pooled  Certificates  and the Other
Assets,  and subject to Section 11, the Company will have no right or obligation
to repurchase or substitute any Pooled Certificates or any of the Other Assets;

         (q) the  Company's  principal  place of  business  and chief  executive
office are located in Denver, Colorado; and

         (r) the  Company  is not a  "benefit  plan  investor"  described  in or
subject to the Department of Labor  Regulations  set forth in 29 C.F.R.  section
2510.3-101.

         SECTION 5. Covenants of the Company.  The Company  hereby  covenants to
the Issuer as follows:

         (a) simultaneously with the execution hereof, the Company shall deliver
or cause to be delivered  to the Issuer (i) an Opinion of Counsel,  addressed to
the Initial  Purchaser,  as to various  corporate  matters in form and substance
satisfactory  to the  Issuer;  and (ii) such  other  Opinions  of Counsel as are
required Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (the "Rating Agency") to facilitate the
Rating  Agency's  issuance  of the  ratings on the Notes  specified  in the Note
Purchase Agreement;

         (b)  the  Company  hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  the  SPE and its
respective  officers  and  representatives  as the  Company's  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver all agreements,  documents, instruments,
and papers by and on behalf of the Company as may be necessary to consummate the
transfer  of the  Pooled  Certificates  and  the  Other  Assets  to  the  SPE in
accordance  with the terms and subject to the  conditions  hereof and the offer,
sale and delivery of all agreements,  documents, instruments and papers required
to be executed  and  delivered  by the Company at the closing of the sale of the
Notes;  the foregoing grant of authority shall be deemed to be irrevocable and a
power  coupled  with  an  interest  as and to the  extent  contemplated  by this
Agreement;

         (c) the  Company  shall  reflect  and treat its  transfer of the Pooled
Certificates  to the SPE as a transfer  of its  entire  interest  therein  under
generally accepted accounting principles; and

         (d) the Company  will  cooperate  with the Trustee and perform all acts
necessary  to  enable  the  Trustee  to  cause  the  Pooled  Certificates  to be
registered in the name of the Trustee.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

         SECTION 6. Representations,  Warranties and Covenants of the SPE. As of
the date of this  Agreement,  the SPE  represents and warrants to the Company as
follows:

         (a) the SPE has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good
standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware  and is duly  qualified  to do
business  and is in good  standing  under  the  laws of each  jurisdiction  that
requires such qualification wherein it conducts any material business;

         (b) the execution and delivery by the SPE of this  Agreement are within
the legal power of the SPE and have been duly authorized by all necessary action
on the part of the SPE;  neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the SPE, nor the  consummation  by the Issuer of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby, nor compliance by the SPE with the provisions hereof,  will (i) conflict
with or  result in a breach  of,  or  constitute  a  default  under,  any of the
provisions of the Issuer's trust  agreement,  or any law,  governmental  rule or
regulation,  or any  judgment,  decree  or  order  binding  on,  the  SPE or its
properties, or any of the provisions of any indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust,
contract or other  instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or
(ii) result in the creation or  imposition  of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance
upon  any  of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other instrument;

         (c) this  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the SPE and
constitutes  a legal,  valid and binding  agreement of the SPE,  enforceable  in
accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable
bankruptcy,   reorganization,   insolvency  or  other  similar  laws   affecting
creditors'  rights  generally  from  time  to  time in  effect,  and to  general
principles of equity; and

         (d) no  consent,  approval,  authorization  or  order  of any  court or
governmental  agency or body or official is required for the consummation by the
Issuer  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  except  such as  have  been
obtained,  and  except  such as may be  required  under the blue sky laws of any
jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Notes.

         SECTION 7. Further  Assurances.  Upon  request  from time to time,  the
Company  shall  execute and  deliver all  documents,  make all  truthful  oaths,
testify  in any  proceedings  and do  all  other  acts  that  may be  reasonably
necessary or desirable,  in the reasonable opinion of the SPE, the Issuer or the
Trustee,  to carry out the terms of this Agreement to effect the transfer of the
Pooled Certificates to the Issuer pursuant to the Trust Agreement, and to effect
the pledge of the Pooled  Certificates and the Other Assets by the Issuer to the
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

         SECTION 8.  Conditions to Obligations of the SPE. The obligation of the
SPE  hereunder to accept the  contribution  of the Pooled  Certificates  and the
Other Assets is subject to:

         (a) the accuracy in all material respects of all of the representations
and  warranties  of the  Company  under this  Agreement  and  compliance  in all
material respects by the Company with all of its covenants and obligations under
this Agreement;


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

         (b) receipt by the SPE of the following  documents  (collectively,  the
("Closing  Documents")  in such forms as are agreed upon and  acceptable  to the
Issuer,  duly  executed  by all  signatories  other than the Issuer as  required
pursuant to the respective terms thereof:

                  (i)      the execution and delivery of all documents described
         herein;

                  (ii) Opinions of Counsel for the Company as to various matters
         described  in 5(a)  hereof  and such other  Opinions  of Counsel as are
         necessary  in order to obtain the  ratings  set forth in  Section  8(e)
         below,  each of which shall be acceptable  to the Issuer,  its counsel,
         the Initial  Purchaser,  its counsel,  and the Rating  Agency (it being
         understood that such opinions shall expressly  provide that the Trustee
         and the Rating  Agency  shall be entitled  to rely on such  Opinions of
         Counsel);

                  (iii)  a  Secretary's  certificate  of the  Company  as to its
         articles  of  incorporation,  bylaws and  resolutions  authorizing  the
         subject  transaction,   together  with  current  certificates  of  good
         standing of the Company  issued by the Secretary of State of the States
         of Maryland and Colorado;

         (c)  except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the  Company  shall  have
delivered  to the Trustee,  in escrow,  all  documents  required to be delivered
hereunder  and shall have  released  its  interest  therein to the Issuer or its
designee;

         (d) the  simultaneous  purchase by the Initial  Purchaser  of the Notes
pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement; and

         (e) the receipt of written  confirmation from the Rating Agency that it
has  assigned the ratings to the Notes that are  specified in the Note  Purchase
Agreement.

         SECTION 9. Conditions to Obligations of the Company.  The obligation of
the Company hereunder to transfer the Pooled Certificates is subject to:

         (a) the  receipt  by the  Company  on the date  hereof of an opinion of
Bartlit  Beck Herman  Palenchar & Scott as counsel to the SPE,  addressed to the
Initial Purchaser, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary
action; and has been duly and validly executed and delivered;  and constitutes a
valid,  legal and binding agreement of the SPE,  enforceable  against the SPE in
accordance with its terms,  subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights
generally and, as to enforceability,  to general principles of equity regardless
of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law; and

         (b)  satisfaction  by the  Issuer  of all  conditions  of all  purchase
obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement.

         SECTION 10.  Indemnification;  Assignment  of Claims.  In the event the
Company breaches its representations,  warranties,  covenants or obligations set


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

forth herein in any  material  respect,  the Company  shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless  the Issuer  from and  against  any loss,  damages,  penalties,  fines,
forfeiture,  legal  fees and  related  costs,  judgments,  and  other  costs and
expenses  resulting  from any claim,  demand,  defense or assertion  based on or
grounded  upon, or resulting  from,  such breach.  Promptly after receipt by the
Issuer of notice of the  commencement of any such action,  the Issuer will, if a
claim in respect  thereof is to be made against the Company  under this Section,
notify the Company in writing of the commencement  thereof,  but the omission so
to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability  hereunder
unless such omission  materially  prejudices the rights of the Company.  In case
any such  action is brought  against  the Issuer,  and the Issuer  notifies  the
Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate
therein, and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Issuer,  and after  notice from the Company to the Issuer of its election
so to assume the defense  thereof,  the Company will not be liable to the Issuer
under this Section for any legal or other expenses  subsequently incurred by the
Issuer in connection  with the defense  thereof other than  reasonable  costs of
investigation.

         SECTION 11. Repurchase Obligation. It is understood and agreed that the
representations  and warranties set forth in Sections 4(b) and 4(1) herein shall
survive  delivery of the Pooled  Certificates and the Other Assets to the Issuer
and the further assignment to the Issuer and the Trustee, and shall inure to the
benefit  of the  Issuer  and the  Trustee  notwithstanding  any  restrictive  or
qualified  endorsement or assignment.  Upon the discovery by a party hereto, the
Issuer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the  foregoing  representations  and
warranties that  materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Holders,
the party  discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other
party hereto the Issuer,  and the Trustee,  whereupon the Company shall promptly
take such  action as is  necessary  to cure such  breach.  Within 90 days of its
discovery  or its  receipt  of notice of any breach of the  representations  and
warranties  contained in Sections  4(b) and 4(1) above,  the Company shall cause
such breach to be cured in all material respects or, in the event the Company is
unable to cure such breach,  the Company  shall  purchase  the  affected  Pooled
Certificate  or other Asset at the purchase  price provided for such purchase in
the  Indenture and reimburse the Issuer for any loss incurred by the Issuer as a
result of such breach.

         The  obligations  of the  Company  set  forth in this  Section  11 with
respect to a breach of a  representation  contained  in  Sections  4(b) and 4(1)
hereof shall constitute the sole remedy  respecting such breach available to the
SPE, the Issuer,  and pursuant to the  Indenture,  the Holders or the Trustee on
behalf of the Holders.

         SECTION 12. Notices. All demands,  notices and communications hereunder
shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if  personally
delivered to or mailed by registered mail,  postage  prepaid,  or transmitted by
telex or telegraph and confirmed by a similar mailed writing, as follows:

         (a)      If to the SPE:

                  Asset Investors Secured Financing Corporation
                  c/o Asset Investors Corporation


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

                  3600 South Yosemite Street
                  Denver, Colorado  80237
                  Attention:  President

         (b)      If to the Company:

                  Asset Investors Corporation
                  3600 South Yosemite Street
                  Denver, Colorado  80237
                  Attention:  Kevin J. Nystrom

         Any party may alter the address to which  communications  or copies are
to be sent by giving  notice of such  change of address in  conformity  with the
provisions of this Section for the giving of notice.

         SECTION  13.   Severability   of  Provisions.   Any  part,   provision,
representation  or warranty  contained in this  Agreement  that is prohibited or
that is held to be void or  unenforceable  shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining parts,
provisions,   representations  or  warranties   hereof.  Any  part,   provision,
representation  or warranty  contained in this  Agreement  that is prohibited or
unenforceable or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall,
as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective  to the extent of such  prohibition or
unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining   parts,   provisions,
representations   or   warranties   hereof,   and  any   such   prohibition   or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent permitted
by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law which prohibits
or renders void or unenforceable any provision hereof.

         SECTION 14.  GOVERNING  LAW. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE  INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE  STATE OF NEW YORK,
NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY NEW  YORK OR  OTHER  CONFLICT  OF  LAWS  PROVISIONS  TO THE
CONTRARY.

         SECTION 15.  Survival.  Each of the Company and the SPE agrees that the
representations,  warranties  and  agreements  made  by it  herein  and  in  any
certificate or other  instrument  delivered  pursuant  hereto shall be deemed to
have  been   relied   upon  by  the   Issuer  or  the   Company,   respectively,
notwithstanding  any  investigation  heretofore  or hereafter  made by the other
party or on the other party's behalf, and that the  representations,  warranties
and agreements  made by the Company  herein or in any such  certificate or other
instrument   shall   survive  the   delivery  of  and  payment  for  the  Pooled
Certificates.

         SECTION  16.  The  Company  hereby   acknowledges  that  the  SPE  will
contribute  all its rights  hereunder  (except  that the SPE will  transfer  and
retain the SPE's rights under Sections 10 and 11 hereof)  relating to the Pooled
Certificates  to the Issuer and the Issuer will  subsequently  pledge and assign


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

all of its rights to the Trustee. The Company agrees that, upon the execution of
the Trust  Agreement  and of the  Indenture,  the Trustee and the holders of the
Notes will have such  rights and  remedies  equal to those  provided  to the SPE
hereunder,  and that this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the Trustee and
the  holders of the  Notes.  The  Trustee  and the  holders  of the Notes  shall
constitute not only assignees of the SPE's and the Issuer's rights in accordance
with this Section but also intended third party  beneficiaries of this Agreement
to the extent necessary to enforce such rights and to obtain the benefit of such
remedies.

         SECTION 17.  Miscellaneous.

         (a) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which when so executed  and  delivered  shall be an  original,  but all of which
together shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument.  This Agreement  shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective successors and assigns.

         (b) Any person into which the Company may be merged or  consolidated or
any person resulting from a merger or consolidation involving the Company or any
person  succeeding  to the  business  of the  Company  shall be  considered  the
successor of the Company hereunder, without the further act or consent of either
party.

         (c) This Agreement  supersedes all prior agreements and  understandings
relating to the subject matter hereof except for the Note Purchase  Agreement as
it is incorporated  by reference in Section 2(a) hereof.  Neither this Agreement
nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but
only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of
the change,  waiver,  discharge or termination  is sought.  The headings in this
Agreement  are for purposes of  reference  only and shall not limit or otherwise
affect the meaning hereof.

         (d) The SPE shall  immediately  effect  the  redelivery  of the  Pooled
Certificates,  and any security interest deemed to be created by this Section 17
shall be released if, on the Delivery Date,  each of the conditions set forth in
Section 8 hereof shall not have been satisfied or waived.

         (e) It is the express  intent of the parties hereto that the conveyance
of the Pooled  Certificates  by the Company to the SPE as  contemplated  by this
Agreement be  construed as a  contribution  of the Pooled  Certificates  and the
Other Assets by the Company to the SPE. Further,  it is not the intention of the
parties that such  conveyances be deemed a pledge of the Pooled  Certificates or
the  Other  Assets  by the  Company  to the  SPE or  any  assignee  of the  SPE,
including,  but not limited  to, the Issuer,  the Trustee and the holders of the
Notes,  to secure a debt or other  obligation  of the Company.  However,  in the
event that,  notwithstanding the intent of the parties,  the Pooled Certificates
or the Other Assets are held to continue to be property of the Company, then (i)
this  Agreement  shall also be a security  agreement  within the  meaning of the
Uniform  Commercial  Code of the  State of New York  and any  other  state as is
necessary;  (ii) the Company hereby grants to the SPE a security interest in all
of the Company's right, title and interest in and to the Pooled Certificates and
the Other  Assets;  (iii) the  possession  by the SPE or its agent of the Pooled
Certificates and such other items of property as constitute instruments,  money,
negotiable  documents or chattel paper shall be deemed to be  "possession by the


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

secured  party" for purposes of  perfecting  the security  interest  pursuant to
Section  9-305  of  the  Uniform   Commercial   Code  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts  and the  State  of  Colorado;  and  (iv)  notifications  to,  and
acknowledgments,  receipts or confirmations  from, persons holding such property
shall be deemed notifications to, or acknowledgments,  receipts or confirmations
from, financial intermediaries,  bailees or agents (as applicable) of the Issuer
for the purpose of perfecting such security  interest under  applicable law. Any
assignment of the interest of the Issuer pursuant to any provision  hereof shall
also be deemed to be an assignment of any security interest created hereby.  The
Company and the SPE shall, to the extent  consistent  with this Agreement,  take
such actions as may be necessary to ensure that, if this  Agreement  were deemed
to create a security  interest in the Pooled  Certificates  or the Other Assets,
such security  interest would be deemed to be a perfected  security  interest of
first  priority under  applicable law and will be maintained as such  throughout
the term of this Agreement, in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Asset Investors Secured Financing  Corporation and
Asset Investors  Corporation have caused their names to be signed to this Pooled
Certificate  Transfer  Agreement by their  respective  officers  thereunto  duly
authorized as of the first date above written.

                            ASSET INVESTORS SECURED FINANCING
                                          CORPORATION

                            By:  /s/ Leslie B. Fox
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Name:  Leslie B. Fox
                               Title:  President

                            ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION



                            By:  /s/ Leslie B. Fox
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Name:  Leslie B. Fox
                               Title:  President and Chief Operating Officer






================================================================================
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
                                                                  --------------









                        STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST 1997-1
                                     Issuer




                                       AND

                      STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
                                     Trustee




                       -----------------------------------




                                    INDENTURE

                           Dated as of March 27, 1997

                       -----------------------------------




                              COLLATERALIZED NOTES
                                  $199,893,850








================================================================================


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT..........................................................1
GRANTING CLAUSES...............................................................1

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS........................................................2

Section 1.01 Definitions.......................................................2

ARTICLE TWO NOTE FORM.........................................................15

Section 2.01 Designation; Form of Notes.......................................15

ARTICLE THREE THE NOTES.......................................................15

Section 3.01 The Depository; Initial Class Principal Balances and
 Interest Rates...............................................................15
Section 3.02 Denominations....................................................17
Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication and Delivery...........................17
Section 3.04 Temporary Notes..................................................18
Section 3.05 Registrations of Transfer and Exchange, Restrictions on
 Transfer.....................................................................18
Section 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.......................21
Section 3.07 Payment of Principal and Interest; Rights Preserved..............22
Section 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners............................................23
Section 3.09 Cancellation.....................................................23
Section 3.10 Additional Notes.................................................24

ARTICLE FOUR AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF NOTES.............................24

Section 4.01 Security for Notes...............................................24
Section 4.02 Trustee Receipt..................................................26
Section 4.03 Exercise of Rights as Registered Holder of Pooled
 Certificates.................................................................26
Section 4.04 Benefit Plan Investor Representations............................26

ARTICLE FIVE SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.......................................26

Section 5.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..........................27
Section 5.02 Supplication of Trust Money......................................28
Section 5.03 Release of Collateral............................................28

ARTICLE SIX REMEDIES..........................................................28

Section 6.01 Events of Default................................................28
Section 6.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment...............29
Section 6.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
 Trustee......................................................................30
Section 6.04 Remedies    .....................................................31
Section 6.05 Optional Preservation of Trust Estate............................31
Section 6.06 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.................................32
Section 6.07 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes...........33
Section 6.08 Application of Money Collected...................................33
Section 6.09 Limitation on Suits..............................................34


                                      (i)
<PAGE>

Section 6.10 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payments..........35
Section 6.11 Restoration of Rights and Remedies...............................35
Section 6.12 Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................................35
Section 6.13 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.....................................35
Section 6.14 Control by Noteholders...........................................35
Section 6.15 Waiver of Past Defaults..........................................36
Section 6.16 Undertaking for Costs............................................36
Section 6.17 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws; Non-Petition...................36
Section 6.18 Sale of Trust Estate.............................................37
Section 6.19 Action on Notes..................................................37
Section 6.20 Recourse    .....................................................38

ARTICLE SEVEN THE TRUSTEE.....................................................38

Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities..............................38
Section 7.02 Notice of Default................................................39
Section 7.03 Certain Rights of Trustee........................................39
Section 7.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes................41
Section 7.05 May Hold Notes...................................................41
Section 7.06 Money Held in Trust..............................................41
Section 7.07 Compensation and Reimbursement...................................41
Section 7.08 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor................42
Section 7.09 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor...........................43
Section 7.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
 Business of Trustee..........................................................43
Section 7.11 Corporate Trustee Required, (Trustee) Eligibility................43
Section 7.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.................44
Section 7.13 Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees................................44
Section 7.14 Paying Agents....................................................44

ARTICLE: EIGHT NOTEHOLDERS' LIST..............................................45

Section 8.01 Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of 
Noteholders...................................................................45
Section 8.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to
 Noteholders..................................................................45
Section 8.03 Reports by Tax Administrator.....................................45

ARTICLE NINE COVENANTS OF ISSUER..............................................46

Section 9.01 Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................46
Section 9.02 Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust......................46
Section 9.03 Existence   .....................................................47
Section 9.04 Protection of Trust Estate.......................................48
Section 9.05 Negative Covenants...............................................49
Section 9.06 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain
 Terms; Sale of Collateral Subject to Notes...................................49
Section 9.07 Successor Substituted............................................50
Section 9.08 No Other Business................................................50
Section 9.09 Limitation on Borrowing..........................................50
Section 9.10 AIC/SPE Transfer Agreement.......................................51

ARTICLE TEN REDEMPTION OF NOTES...............................................51

Section 10.01 Redemption at the Option of the Issuer; Election to Redeem......51
Section 10.02 Notice to Trustee...............................................52
Section 10.03 Notice of Redemption by the Issuer..............................52
Section 10.04 Deposit of Redemption Price.....................................52


                                      (ii)
<PAGE>

Section 10.05 Notes Payable on Redemption Date................................53
Section 10.06 Retention of Notes by Issuer....................................53

ARTICLE ELEVEN ACCOUNTS, ACCOUNTINGS AND RELEASES.............................53

Section 11.01 Collection of Money.............................................53
Section 11.02 Payment Account.................................................54
Section 11.03 Reports by Trustee..............................................54
Section 11.04 Note Remittance Reports and Related Matters.....................54
Section 11.05 Trust Estate....................................................57

ARTICLE TWELVE APPLICATION OF MONIES..........................................57

Section 12.01 Disbursements of Monies from Payment Account....................57
Section 12.02 Limited Release of Collateral...................................59
Section 12.03 Trust Account...................................................59

ARTICLE THIRTEEN AMENDMENTS; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..........................59

Section 13.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders..........59
Section 13.02 Supplemental lndentures With Consent of Noteholders.............61
Section 13.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures............................62
Section 13.04 Effect of Supplemental Indenture................................62
Section 13.05 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures...................62

ARTICLE FOURTEEN MISCELLANEOUS................................................63

Section 14.01 Compliance Certificates and Opinions............................63
Section 14.02 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee..........................63
Section 14.03 Acts of Noteholders.............................................64
Section 14.04 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Issuer............................64
Section 14.05 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver..................................65
Section 14.06 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents........................65
Section 14.07 Successors and Assigns..........................................65
Section 14.08 Separability....................................................65
Section 14.09 Benefits of Indenture...........................................65
Section 14.10 Legal Holidays..................................................66
Section 14.11 Governing Law...................................................66
Section 14.12 Counterparts....................................................66
Section 14.13 Corporate Obligation............................................66
Section 14.14 Loss Mitigation Advisor.........................................66
Section 14.15 Special Servicing Agreements....................................67
Section 14.16 Equity Interests................................................67
Section 14.17 Limitation of Liability.........................................68


                                      (iii)
<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A-1              FORM OF CLASS A NOTE
EXHIBIT A-2              FORM OF CLASS B NOTE
EXHIBIT A-3              FORM OF CLASS C NOTE
EXHIBIT A-4              FORM OF CLASS D NOTE
EXHIBIT B-1              FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

EXHIBIT B-2              FORM OF RULE 144A AND RELATED MATTERS CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 1               THE POOLED CERTIFICATES
SCHEDULE 2               LIST OF OTHER ASSETS
SCHEDULE 3               SPECIAL SERVICING AGREEMENTS



                                      (iv)
<PAGE>



         This  INDENTURE,  dated as of March 27, 1997, is hereby executed by and
between  Structured  Mortgage  Trust 1997-1,  a Delaware  business  trust acting
through  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  as Owner Trustee and not in its individual
capacity  (the   "Issuer"),   and  State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company,   a
Massachusetts trust company, as trustee (the "Trustee").



                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENT


         The Issuer has duly  authorized  the  execution  and  delivery  of this
Indenture  to  provide  for  the  issuance  of its  Collateralized  Notes,  (the
"Notes"),  issuable  in four  Classes  (each a  "Class"),  as  provided  in this
Indenture.  The Issuer has duly  authorized  the  creation  of the Notes with an
aggregate principal amount of $199,893,850. All covenants and agreements made by
the Issuer  herein are for the benefit and security of the  Noteholders  and the
Trustee.  The  Issuer  is  entering  into this  Indenture,  and the  Trustee  is
accepting the trust created  hereby,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged.



                                GRANTING CLAUSES


         (a) To secure the payment of the  principal  and interest of each Class
of Notes in  accordance  with their  respective  terms,  all of the sums payable
under  this  Indenture  with  respect  to the Notes and the  performance  of the
covenants  with  respect to the Notes  contained in this  Indenture,  the Issuer
hereby Grants to the Trustee, in trust and as collateral security as provided in
this Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, all of the Issuer's
right,  title and interest in and to any and all benefits accruing to the Issuer
from (i) the Pooled  Certificates  listed in Schedule 1 to this  Indenture  (the
"Pooled Certificates") that the Issuer is causing to be delivered to the Trustee
herewith,  together with all interest and principal payments due and received on
the Pooled Certificates after March 24, 1997 (except March 17, 1997 with respect
to the PHH Pooled  Certificates);  (ii) the AIC/SPE Transfer  Agreement,  except
that the Issuer  shall both  pledge and retain its rights  under  Section 10 and
Section 11 of the AIC/SPE Transfer  Agreement;  (iii) the Other Assets; (iv) the
Payment Account,  whether in the form of cash, instruments,  securities or other
properties, including the deposits made therein pursuant to Section 4.01(c); and
(v) the proceeds of all the foregoing (including,  but not by way of limitation,
all cash proceeds,  accounts,  accounts receivable,  notes, drafts, acceptances,
chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, rights to payment of any and every kind
and other forms of obligations and  receivables  that at any time constitute all
or part or are  included  in the  proceeds of any of the  foregoing)  (items (i)
through (v)  collectively  being  referred  to herein as the "Trust  Estate") to
secure each Class of Notes.

         (b) The Trustee  acknowledges such Grant,  accepts the trusts hereunder
in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform the duties herein
or therein  required in accordance with Article Seven hereof to the end that the
interests of the Noteholders may be adequately and effectively protected.

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE ONE


                                   DEFINITIONS


Section 1.01          Definitions.

         Except as otherwise  specified  herein or as the context may  otherwise
require,  the following  terms have the respective  meanings set forth below for
all purposes of this  Indenture,  and the  definitions of such terms are equally
applicable  both to the  singular  and  plural  forms of such  terms  and to the
masculine  or feminine  forms of such  terms.  Whenever  reference  is made to a
Default or an Event of Default necessitating or involving action by the Trustee,
such  reference  shall be  construed  to refer  only to a Default or an Event of
Default of which the Trustee has notice or knowledge pursuant to Section 7.01.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person:  Any other Person  controlling or
controlled  by or under  common  control  with such  specified  Person.  For the
purposes of this  definition,  "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person  means the power to direct the  management  and  policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly,  whether through the ownership of voting securities,  by
contract  or  otherwise;  and the  terms  "controlling"  and  "controlled"  have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "AIC": Asset Investors Corporation, a Maryland corporation.

         "AIC/SPE  Transfer   Agreement":   The  Pooled   Certificate   Transfer
Agreement,  dated  March 26,  1997,  between  AIC and the SPE,  under  which AIC
contributed the Pooled Certificates to the SPE.

         "Aggregate  Collateral Report":  The report required to be prepared and
distributed by the Trustee with respect to each Payment Date in accordance  with
Section 11.04(c).

         "Available Funds":  With respect to any Payment Date, (a) in respect of
the Pooled Certificates which have a scheduled Certificate  Distribution Date on
or prior to the most recently preceding 25th day of a month (or, with respect to
Pooled Certificate distributions due on the 25th day of each month, if such 25th
day is not a Business  Day,  the next  succeeding  Business  Day),  all  amounts
actually received by the Trustee by 5:00 p.m. on the Business Day following such
25th day (or such  succeeding  Business  Day) and (b) in  respect  of the Pooled
Certificates which have a scheduled Certificate  Distribution Date subsequent to
the 25th day of a month, all amounts actually received by the Trustee by noon on
the third Business Day following the 25th calendar day of the month if such 25th
calendar  day is a Business  Day or if such day is not a Business  Day, the next
succeeding  Business  Day, net of  investment  earnings  thereon  payable to the
Trustee  pursuant to Section  11.02(b);  provided that any such amounts shall be
included in Available Funds for a Payment Date only if the Trustee also receives
the  related   Certificate   Remittance  Report  for  the  related   Certificate
Distribution Date by such applicable time.

         "Bear Stearns": Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., a Delaware corporation.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

         "Business  Day": Any day that is not a Saturday,  Sunday,  holiday,  or
other day on which  commercial  banking  institutions  in New York,  New York or
Boston,  Massachusetts  are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
be closed.

         "Certificate   Distribution   Date":   With   respect   to  any  Pooled
Certificate,  a date on which a  distribution  is made  pursuant  to the related
Underlying Agreement.

         "Certificate   Principal   Balance":   With   respect   to  any  Pooled
Certificate, the Outstanding principal balance thereof.

         "Certificate  of Deposit":  A  certificate  of deposit  satisfying  the
definition of an Eligible Investment.

         "Certificate  Remittance Reports": The reports received periodically by
the Trustee, as the holder of each Pooled Certificate, containing information on
each Pooled Certificate and related Underlying Series.

         "Class": The reference to any Class of Notes or,  collectively,  to one
or more Classes of Notes.

         "Class A Notes": The Class A Notes, in the initial aggregate  principal
amount of $8,844,850 being issued hereunder.

         "Class B Notes": The Class B Notes, in the initial aggregate  principal
amount of $13,267,250 being issued hereunder.

         "Class C Notes": The Class C Notes, in the initial aggregate  principal
amount of $28,745,750 being issued hereunder.

         "Class D Notes": The Class D Notes, in the initial aggregate  principal
amount of $149,036,000 being issued hereunder.

         "Class Principal  Balance":  As of any date of determination,  and with
respect to any Class of Notes, the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of
all Notes of that Class as of such date.

         "Code": The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral": The Trust Estate.

         "Collateral Proceeds":  With respect to any Pooled Certificates and the
Other Assets, all amounts paid to the holder of such Pooled Certificates and the
Other Assets in accordance  with the terms of such Pooled  Certificates  and the
Other Assets.

         "Corporate Trust Office":  The principal  corporate trust office of the
Trustee  presently  located at Two International  Place,  Boston,  Massachusetts


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

02110,  Attention:  Corporate Trust Department,  or at such other address as the
Trustee may  designate  from time to time by notice to the  Noteholders  and the
Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

         "Current  Percentage":  The percent that the Note Principal  Balance of
each Class of Notes or the Imputed  Principal of the Equity Interest  represents
of the sum of the  Note  Principal  Balance  of all the  Notes  and the  Imputed
Principal Balance of the Equity Interest.

         "Default":  Any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time
or both would  become,  an Event of Default  or, when used in  association  with
obligations  created by any  agreement  other than this  Indenture,  the meaning
specified in such agreement.

         "Definitive Notes": The meaning specified in Subsection 3.01(b) hereof.

         "Delivery Date": March 27, 1997.

         "Depositor": AIC, as depositor under the Trust Agreement.

         "Depository":  The Depository  Trust  Company,  the nominee of which is
Cede & Co., or any successor thereto.

         "Depository  Agreement":  The meaning  specified in Subsection  3.01(a)
hereof.

         "Depository  Participant":  A broker,  dealer,  bank or other financial
institution  or other Person for whom from time to time the  Depository  effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depository.

         "DTC Custodian": State Street Bank and Trust Company, or its successors
in interest.

         "DTC  Certificates":   The  Pooled  Certificates  identified  as  Chase
Mortgage Finance Corporation,  Multi-Class Mortgage  Pass-Through  Certificates,
Series  1994-H,  Class  B-6  (except  for  $68.00  thereof)  which  are  held in
book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust Corporation.

         "Eligible Investments": Any one or more of the following obligations or
securities:

         (i) direct  obligations  of, and obligations  fully  guaranteed by, the
United States of America,  FHLMC, FNMA or any agency or  instrumentality  of the
United States of America the  obligations  of which are backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States of America,  provided that such  obligations  of
FHLMC  or FNMA  shall  be  limited  to  senior  debt  obligations  and  mortgage
participation certificates;

         (ii) (a) demand and time  deposits in,  certificates  of deposit of, or
bankers"  acceptances  issued by any  depository  institution  or trust  company
incorporated  under the laws of the  United  States of  America  (including  the
Trustee) or any state  thereof and subject to  supervision  and  examination  by
federal and/or state banking authorities so long as the commercial paper and the
long-term debt  obligations of such  depository  institution or trust company at
the  time of such  investment  or  contractual  commitment  providing  for  such


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

investment  have a credit  rating in the highest  applicable  category  from the
Rating  Agency in the case of  commercial  paper  and in one of the two  highest
applicable  categories  from the  Rating  Agency in the case of  long-term  debt
obligations  and (b) any other demand or time deposit or  certificate of deposit
that is fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

         (iii) repurchase obligations with respect to (a) any security described
in clause (i) above or (b) any other security  issued or guaranteed by an agency
or instrumentality of the United States of America,  in either case entered into
with a depository  institution or trust company (acting as principal)  described
in clause (ii)(a) above (and having the ratings from the Rating Agency  required
in clause (ii)(a) above), the repurchaser of which also has the ratings from the
Rating Agency described in clause (ii)(a) above;

         (iv)  securities  bearing  interest or sold at a discount issued by any
corporation  incorporated  under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof which have a credit rating in the highest short-term or one of the
two  highest  long-term  categories  from the Rating  Agency at the time of such
investment or contractual  commitment  providing for such investment;  provided,
however,  that  securities  issued  by any  particular  corporation  will not be
Eligible  Investments to the extent that investment  therein will cause the then
outstanding  principal amount of securities  issued by such corporation and held
as part of the Trust Estate to exceed 10% of the aggregate outstanding principal
balances of all the Pooled Certificates and Eligible Investments held as part of
the Trust Estate; provided,  further, that in no event shall an instrument be an
Eligible  Investment if such instrument  evidences either (i) a right to receive
only  interest  payments  with  respect  to  the  obligations   underlying  such
instrument,  or (ii) a right to receive both  principal  and  interest  payments
derived  from  obligations  underlying  such  instrument  if  the  interest  and
principal  payments with respect to such instrument  provide a yield to maturity
at the date of  investment  of greater than 120% of the yield to maturity at par
of such underlying obligations;

         (v) commercial paper having a rating in the highest applicable category
from the Rating Agency at the time of such investment;

         (vi) a guaranteed  investment  contract issued by any insurance company
or other  corporation  or entity  with a  short-term  debt rating in the highest
category  by the Rating  Agency and a  long-term  debt  rating in one of the two
highest applicable categories by the Rating Agency; and

         (vii) any other  demand,  money market or time  deposit or  obligation,
interest-bearing  or other security or investment that would not affect the then
current rating of the Notes by the Rating Agency;

provided,  however,  that Eligible Investments shall include only obligations or
securities that mature on or before the Business Day  immediately  preceding the
next Payment Date (or, in the case of an investment that is an obligation of the
institution  in which the  account is  maintained,  no later  than such  Payment
Date). In addition, no Eligible Investment that incorporates a penalty for early
withdrawal will be used unless the maturity of such Eligible Investment is on or
before the Business Day immediately preceding the next Payment Date.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

         "Equity  Interest":   The  interest  retained  by  the  Issuer  in  the
overcollateralization  resulting  from any excess of the  aggregate  Certificate
Principal  Balance of all of the Pooled  Certificates  over the  aggregate  Note
Principal Balance of all of the Notes.

         "Event of Default": The meaning provided in Section 6.01.

         "Federal  Bankruptcy  Code":  Title 11 of the United  States  Code,  as
amended.

         "FHLMC":  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  or any successor
thereof.

         "Final Payment Date":  The Payment Date following the first to occur of
the Sale of the Pooled  Certificates  in accordance  with Section 6.18 hereof or
the final payment on each Pooled Certificate included in the Trust Estate.

         "FNMA":  The Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  or any successor
thereof.

         "Global Note": Any Note registered in the name of the Depository or its
nominee,  beneficial  interests  in  which  are  reflected  on the  books of the
Depository  or on the  books  of a  Person  maintaining  an  account  with  such
Depository  (directly or as an indirect participant in accordance with the rules
of such Depository).

         "Grant":  To pledge,  create and grant a security interest in and right
of set-off against.  A Grant of any instrument shall include all rights,  powers
and options  (but none of the  obligations)  of the granting  party  thereunder,
including  without  limitation  the  immediate  continuing  right to claim  for,
collect,  receive and receipt for  principal  and  interest  payments in respect
thereof and all other monies payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and
other  communications,  to make  waivers or other  agreements,  to exercise  all
rights and options,  to bring  Proceedings  in the name of the granting party or
otherwise,  and generally to do and receive  anything that the granting party is
or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Imputed Principal Balance": With respect to the Equity Interest at any
time, an amount equal to the Original Imputed  Principal  Balance reduced by all
Imputed Principal  Payments (whether paid to the Issuer in respect of the Equity
Interest  or  used  to make  interest  payments  on the  Notes  pursuant  to the
subordination  provisions  contained  herein) and  Realized  Losses  theretofore
allocated to the Equity Interest.

         "Imputed Principal Payments":  All payments made on the Equity Interest
in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof from distributions of principal received
on the Pooled Certificates.

         "Indenture": This instrument as supplemented or amended. All references
in this instrument to designated "Articles," "Sections," "Subsections" and other
subdivisions  are to the designated  Articles,  Sections,  Subsections and other
subdivisions  of this  instrument as originally  executed.  The words  "herein,"
"hereof,"  "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture
as a whole  and not to any  particular  Article,  Section,  Subsection  or other
subdivision.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

         "Independent":  When used with  respect to any  specified  Person means
another  Person  who (1) is in fact  independent  of the  Issuer  and any  other
obligor upon the Notes and of any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor,
(2) does not  have  any  direct  financial  interest  or any  material  indirect
financial  interest  in  the  Issuer  or in any  such  other  obligor  or in any
Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor, and (3) is not connected with the
Issuer or any such other obligor as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter,
trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions.

         "Individual  Note":  Any Note  registered in the name of a Holder other
than the Depository or its nominee.

         "Institutional   Accredited   Investor":   Any   Person   meeting   the
requirements  of Rule 501  (a)(1),  (2),  (3) or (7) of  Regulation  D under the
Securities Act.

         "Investment  Letter":  The letter to be furnished by each Institutional
Accredited  Investor which  purchases any Class of Notes,  substantially  in the
form set forth as Exhibit B-1 hereto.

         "Issuer":  Structured Mortgage Trust 1997-1, a limited purpose Delaware
business trust established by the Trust Agreement for the purpose of issuing the
Notes.

         "Issuer Officer":  Any Officer of the Owner Trustee  authorized to sign
on behalf of the Issuer.

         "Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request":  A written order or request signed
in the name of the Issuer by the Owner Trustee and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Lost  Certificates":  The Pooled  Certificates  identified  as Housing
Securities, Inc., Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1994-1, Class A-B-3
and PNC Mortgage  Securities Corp.,  Mortgage  Pass-Through  Certificates Series
1994-1, Class B-6 and a portion of Paine Webber Mortgage Acceptance  Corporation
IV,  Mortgage  Pass-Through  Certificates  Series  1993-6,  Class  B-3,  with an
aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1,209,781 as of March 24, 1997.

         "Loss  Mitigation  Advisor":  AIC,  and  its  permitted  successors  as
provided herein.

         "Loss  Mitigation   Advisor's  Fee":  The  monthly  fee  due  the  Loss
Mitigation Advisor to be paid from interest paid on the Pooled Certificates,  at
a rate of 0.30% per annum calculated on the same aggregate Certificate Principal
Balance of the Pooled  Certificates on which interest is paid;  provided that if
AIC no longer  acts as the Loss  Mitigation  Advisor  and if  Special  Servicing
Agreements  terminate as a result  thereof,  the Loss  Mitigation  Advisor's Fee
shall be reduced in proportion  to the  reduction of the  Aggregate  Certificate
Principal  Balance  of  Pooled  Certificates  that  remain  subject  to  Special
Servicing Agreements.

         "Maturity":  With  respect  to a Class of Notes,  the date on which the
unpaid  principal  of such  Class of Notes  becomes  due and  payable  as herein
provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

         "Maturity Date": With respect to the Pooled  Certificates,  the date on
which the last payment of principal of such Pooled Certificates shall be due and
payable.  In  determining  the Maturity  Date of such Pooled  Certificates,  all
pre-payments  received  prior to the date of  determination  shall be taken into
account.

         "Net  Certificate  Rate":  With respect to a Pooled  Certificate  and a
Certificate  Distribution  Date,  the  effective per annum rate of interest with
respect  to  the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of  such  Pooled  Certificate
immediately  prior  to such  Certificate  Distribution  Date  actually  paid and
received by the Trustee as reported in the related Certificate Remittance Report
received by the  Trustee,  (or if not so  reported,  calculated  by dividing the
amount of such interest actually  received by the Certificate  Principal Balance
of such Pooled  Certificate  immediately prior to such Certificate  Distribution
Date, as reported in the related  Certificate  Remittance  Report),  i.e., which
takes account of reductions  from such Pooled  Certificate's  then  Pass-Through
Rate for any nonreimbursed  interest shortfalls and interest losses allocated to
such Pooled  Certificate and any increases in respect of  reimbursement  of past
interest  shortfalls  when allocated to such Pooled  Certificates in the related
Certificate  Remittance  Report as  interest,  in each case with respect to such
Certificate Distribution Date and expressed as a per annum rate.

         "Note Interest Rate":  The annual rate at which interest accrues on the
Notes of a Class, determined as specified in Section 3.01(c).

         "Note  Owner":  Any  person  who  is  the  beneficial  owner  of a Note
registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee.

         "Note Principal Balance":  As of any date of determination,  (i) in the
aggregate the outstanding principal balance of all Classes of Notes, which shall
equal  the  original  principal  balance  of  all of the  Notes  reduced  by all
distributions  thereon  and  losses  allocated  thereto  in  reduction  of their
principal balance on or prior to such date or (ii) with respect to each Class of
Notes or a Note of a Class the  outstanding  principal  balance  of all Notes of
that Class or of such Note, which shall equal the original  principal balance of
such  Class of Notes or of such  Note on or prior to such  date  reduced  by all
distributions thereon and losses allocated thereto in reduction of the principal
balance of such Class or of such Note on or prior to such date.

         "Note Register" and "Note Registrar": The respective meanings specified
in Section 3.05.

         "Note  Remittance  Report":  The report  provided by the Trustee to the
Noteholders and the Issuer pursuant to Section 11.04(a).

         "Noteholders"  or  "Holder":  With  respect to any Note,  the Person in
whose name such Note is registered in the Note Register.

         "Notes":  Any  collateralized  notes of any Class  authorized  by,  and
authenticated and delivered under, this Indenture.

         "Officer":  With respect to any corporation,  the Chairman of the Board
of Directors,  the President,  any Vice President,  the Secretary, any Assistant


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; with respect to any partnership,
any individual  general partner thereof or any corporate  Officer of a corporate
general  partner  thereof;  with respect to any bank or trust company  acting as
trustee of an express  trust or as  custodian,  any trust  officer or authorized
officer thereof.

         "Officer's Certificate": For any Person, a certificate delivered to the
Trustee  that has been signed on behalf of that Person by an  individual  who is
identified in that  certificate  as being an Officer of that Person or any other
individual authorized to execute the certificate.

         "Opinion of Counsel":  A written opinion of an attorney at law admitted
to practice  before the highest  court of any state of the United  States or the
District  of  Columbia  or a law firm that may,  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided  in this  Indenture,  be  counsel  for the  Issuer  and  who  shall  be
satisfactory  to the  Trustee.  Whenever  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  is  required
hereunder,  such  opinion  may  rely on  opinions  of other  counsel  who are so
admitted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  an Opinion of Counsel may be rendered
as to matters of Delaware  corporate  or  partnership  law by an attorney or law
firm not admitted to practice in Delaware.

         "Original Imputed Principal Balance": $21,227,103.30.

         "Original  Percentage":  The percent that the Note Principal Balance of
each Class of Notes and the  Imputed  Principal  Balance of the Equity  Interest
represents of the sum of the initial Note Principal Balance of all the Notes and
the Imputed Principal Balance of the Equity Interest, specifically:



            Class A                          4.0000053672%
            Class B                          5.9999967448%
            Class C                         13.0000117904%
            Class D                         67.4002159342%
            Equity Interest                  9.5997701634%

         If as a result of the  allocation  of  Realized  Losses  to the  Equity
Interest,  the Imputed  Principal  Balance of the Equity  Interest is reduced to
zero  while  any Class of Notes is still  outstanding  (or  thereafter  the Note
Principal  Balance of one or more  Classes of Notes has been  reduced to zero in
accordance with the terms of Section  12.01(a) while at least one other Class of
Notes remains outstanding),  the Original Percentages of each remaining Class of
Notes  will be  recalculated  based  on the  percentage  that the  initial  Note
Principal Balance of each Class of Notes then Outstanding constitutes of the sum
of such aggregate initial Note Principal Balances.

         "Other  Assets" The list of contracts and contract  rights  relating to
the Pooled  Certificates  being  transferred to the Issuer pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto and made a part hereof.


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

         "Outstanding":

         (1) With respect to the Notes or the Notes of any Class, as of any date
of determination,  "Outstanding"  refers to all Notes or all Notes of such Class
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

                  (i)      Notes or Notes of such Class theretofore  canceled by
         the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

                  (ii)  Notes  or Notes  of such  Class  for  which  payment  or
         redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited
         with the Trustee or any Paying  Agent  (other than the Issuer) in trust
         or set aside and  segregated  in trust by the Issuer for the Holders of
         such Notes;  provided,  however,  that,  if such Notes or Notes of such
         Class are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given
         pursuant to this Indenture or provision  therefor  satisfactory  to the
         Trustee has been made;

                  (iii) Notes or Notes of such Class in exchange  for or in lieu
         of which other Notes have been  authenticated and delivered pursuant to
         this Indenture  unless proof  satisfactory  to the Trustee is presented
         that any such Notes are held by a holder in due course; and

                  (iv)  Notes  or  Notes  of such  Class  alleged  to have  been
         destroyed,  lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued
         as provided in Section 3.06;

provided,  however,  that, in  determining  whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of the Outstanding  Notes or the Outstanding Notes of any Class
have given any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent or
waiver hereunder,  Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes
or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be  Outstanding,  except that, in determining  whether the Trustee
shall be  protected  in relying upon any such  request,  demand,  authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the Trustee knows to be so
owned shall be so  disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been  pledged in good
faith  may  be  regarded  as  Outstanding  if  the  pledgee  establishes  to the
satisfaction  of the Trustee the pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such
Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes
or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.

         (2)  With  respect  to  the  Pooled   Certificates   as  of  any  date,
"Outstanding"  refers to the  Pooled  Certificates  with a  remaining  principal
balance.

         "Owner  Trustee":  The  Person  acting  as Owner  Trustee  in the Trust
Agreement , initially  Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee and not in its
individual capacity.

         "Owner Trustee's Fee": The monthly fee owed to the Owner Trustee in the
amount of $333.33 for  services  rendered as the owner  trustee  under the Trust
Agreement.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

         "Pass-through  Rate": With respect to any Pooled Certificate and at any
date of  determination,  the stated per annum rate of  interest  accruing on the
Certificate Principal Balance of such Pooled Certificate on such date.

         "Paying  Agent":  Any  Person  authorized  by the  Issuer  to  pay  the
principal  of any Notes on behalf of the Issuer,  which shall  initially  be the
Trustee unless and until the Issuer appoints another Person as Paying Agent.

         "Payment   Account":   A  segregated  trust  account   established  and
maintained  by the Trustee  pursuant  to Section  11.02  hereof,  which shall be
designated "SMT 1997-1."

         "Payment  Date":  April 1, 1997 and thereafter the fourth  Business Day
following  the 25th day of each  month  (or,  if such 25th day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day (each such fourth Business Day, a "Payment
Date")  commencing in April 1997.  For accounting and Record Date purposes only,
the  Payment  Date for a month  (other  than with  respect  to the April 1, 1997
Payment Date) will be deemed to occur on the 29th day of the month (the 28th day
in  February,  except in a leap year)  without  regard to whether  such day is a
Business Day.

         "Percentage  Cash Flow  Payments":  The monthly  payments  derived from
interest on the Pooled  Certificates  paid to the Equity Interest based upon its
Imputed  Principal  Balance,  and  which,   subject  to  certain   subordination
obligations,  as provided in  Sections  3.01 and 12.01,  is equal in rate to the
Note Interest Rate paid on the Notes.

         "Percentage  Cash Flow  Rate":  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section
12.01(a)(ii),  the annual  rate at which  cash flow is  payable  on the  Imputed
Principal  Balance  of the  Equity  Interest  which  shall  be equal to the Note
Interest Rate.

         "Percentage Interest":  (i) With respect to a Note of a specific Class,
the portion that such Note represents of all Notes of the same Class,  expressed
as a percentage,  the numerator of which is the denomination represented by such
Note,  and the  denominator  of which is the initial Note  Principal  Balance of
Notes of that Class; and (ii) with respect to all of the Notes, the portion that
such Note represents of all Notes,  expressed as a percentage,  the numerator of
which is the denomination represented by such Note, and the denominator of which
is the aggregate initial Note Principal Balance of all of the Notes.

         "Person":  Any  individual,  corporation,  limited  liability  company,
partnership,  joint venture, association,  joint stock company, trust (including
any  beneficiary  thereof),  unincorporated  organization  or  government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "PHH Pooled  Certificates":  The five Pooled Certificates issued by PHH
Mortgage Services Corporation.

         "Pooled Certificate": Each of the mortgage-backed securities pledged to
the  Trustee  hereunder  (including  all  entitlements  to payment  thereon  and
renewals,  extensions,  substitutions and replacements thereof) all of which are
listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

         "Pooled  Certificate  Credit  Support":  With respect to any Underlying
Series, the credit support, if any, provided to the Pooled Certificates included
in such Underlying Series (which may take the form of  overcollateralization  of
one or more  classes  of  securities  of the  same  Underlying  Series  that are
subordinated to such Pooled Certificates, or of a reserve fund, insurance policy
or other form of non-structural credit enhancement),  including, with respect to
any Pooled Certificate backed by mortgage-backed securities rather than directly
by Mortgage Loans,  any credit support  provided to such Pooled  Certificates in
connection with any series of mortgage-backed  securities underlying the related
Underlying Series.

         "Proceeding":  Any suit in equity,  action at law or other  judicial or
administrative proceeding.

         "PSA": A prepayment assumption made using an assumed rate of prepayment
in each month relative to the then  outstanding  principal  balance of a pool of
mortgage loans.  200% PSA assumes  prepayment of the then outstanding  principal
balance of such  mortgage  loans in the first month of the life of the  mortgage
loans  at an  annual  rate  of  0.4 % and  an  additional  0.4 % in  each  month
thereafter  until the thirtieth  month and in each month  thereafter  during the
life of the mortgage loans, 200% PSA assumes an annual constant  prepayment rate
of 12% in each month.

         "Purchase Price":  With respect to a Pooled Certificate  purchased from
the Trust Estate by AIC pursuant to the AIC/SPE Transfer Agreement, the price at
which AIC is required to  repurchase  such Pooled  Certificate  from the Issuer,
which  shall be an amount  equal to the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the
Pooled  Certificate  to be  repurchased  multiplied  by the  sum of the  Current
Percentages for the Class A Notes, Class B Notes, and Class C Notes and one-half
of the  Current  Percentage  for the  Class D Notes,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid
interest on the Pooled Certificate through the end of the month of purchase.

         "Qualified Institutional Buyer": Any "qualified institutional buyer" as
defined in clause (a)(l) of Rule 144A.

         "Rating  Agency":  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.,  any  successors
thereto,  or any other nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization
requested by the Issuer to rate any Class of the Notes.

         "Realized  Loss":  The amount of any loss incurred on any Mortgage Loan
upon the liquidation thereof, as specified in the related Certificate Remittance
Report which shall generally equal the unpaid principal  balance of the Mortgage
Loan at the time of the  liquidation  thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon,  plus any amounts reimbursable to the servicer thereof for unreimbursed
advances  (other than advances of principal  and  interest),  minus  liquidation
proceeds (net of expenses of liquidation)  received with respect to the Mortgage
Loan and any other loss allocated to a Pooled Certificate.

         "Record Date":  With respect to the first Payment Date, March 31, 1997,
and, with respect to each succeeding  Payment Date, the last Business Day of the
month preceding the month in which such Payment Date is deemed to occur.


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

         "Records":  All  of  the  books,  ledgers,  documents,  communications,
writings,  schedules,  reconciliations,   controls,  computer  data,  printouts,
programs,  tapes and other electronic data processing  storage devices,  and all
other data relating to or maintained in connection with the Collateral.

         "Redemption  Date": The date specified for redemption of all Classes of
the Notes pursuant to Section 10.01.

         "Redemption  Price":  An  amount  equal to 100% of the  aggregate  Note
Principal Balances of all Notes then Outstanding.

         "Redemption  Record Date": With respect to any redemption of the Notes,
a date fixed pursuant to Section 10.01.

         "Rule  144A  Certificate":  The  certificate  to be  furnished  by each
purchaser  of Notes which is a Qualified  Institutional  Buyer as defined  under
Rule 144A  promulgated  under the Securities Act,  substantially in the form set
forth as Exhibit B-2 hereto as the Rule 144A and Related Matters Certificate.

         "Rule 144A": Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Sale": The meaning contemplated in Section 6.18.

         "Schedule of Pooled Certificates":  The list of the Pooled Certificates
securing the Notes attached as Schedule 1 hereto.

         "Securities Act": The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Legend": "THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  OR UNDER
ANY STATE  SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING  THIS
NOTE,  AGREES  THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE  REOFFERED,  RESOLD,  PLEDGED OR  OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS
AND ONLY (1) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT ("RULE 144A") TO A
PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY  BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER
WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A (A "QIB"),  PURCHASING  FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A
QIB PURCHASING  FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED,  IN EACH
CASE,  THAT THE  REOFFER,  RESALE,  PLEDGE OR OTHER  TRANSFER  IS BEING  MADE IN
RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION  PROVIDED
BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (3) IN CERTIFICATED  FORM
TO AN  "INSTITUTIONAL  ACCREDITED  INVESTOR"  WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE
501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING
NOT FOR  DISTRIBUTION  IN VIOLATION OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  SUBJECT TO (A) THE
RECEIPT BY THE  TRUSTEE OF A LETTER  SUBSTANTIALLY  IN THE FORM  PROVIDED IN THE


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

INDENTURE AND (B) THE RECEIPT BY THE TRUSTEE OF SUCH OTHER  EVIDENCE  ACCEPTABLE
TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH  REOFFER,  RESALE,  PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER  APPLICABLE LAWS OR IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES AND SECURITIES AND BLUE
SKY  LAWS  OF  ANY  STATE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  ANY  OTHER   APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION."

         "SPE":  Asset  Investors  Secured  Financing  Corporation,  a  Delaware
limited purpose  corporation,  which will hold all of the trust  certificates in
the Issuer and consequently the equity interest therein.

         "Special Servicing  Agreements":  Those Agreements  relating to certain
Pooled Certificates among AIC, the related servicers or master servicers and the
related  trustee  which give AIC  certain  rights  with  respect  to  delinquent
Mortgage Loans, as enumerated on Schedule 3 hereto.

         "Stated  Maturity":  The Payment Date occurring in April 2027, which is
the date specified in the Notes as the fixed date on which the final installment
of the principal of the Notes is due and payable.

         "Tax Administrator": As defined in Section 8.03(b).

         "Transfer":   Any   direct  or   indirect   transfer,   sale,   pledge,
hypothecation or other form of assignment of any ownership  interest,  record or
beneficial, in any Note.

         "Trust  Agreement"  The Trust  Agreement,  dated as of March 26,  1997,
among the Depositor,  the SPE and the Owner Trustee pursuant to which the Issuer
was established.

         "Trust Estate": The meaning specified in the granting clauses hereof.
         "Trustee":  State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts  trust
company, unless a successor Person shall have become the Trustee pursuant to the
applicable  provisions of this  Indenture,  and thereafter  "Trustee" shall mean
such successor Person.

         "Trustee's  Fee":  A monthly fee equal to the  product of 1/12th  times
0.175% of the sum of the aggregate Note Principal Balances of the Notes plus the
Imputed  Principal  Balance  of the  Equity  Interest,  due to  the  Trustee  as
compensation for its services during the related period.

         "Trustee Officer": With respect to the Trustee, any vice-president, any
assistant  vice-president,  any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, or
other trust officer or assistant trust officer in the corporate trust department
of the Trustee and, with respect to a particular  corporate  trust  matter,  any
other  officer to whom such matter is referred  because of his  knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Underlying  Agreement":  The pooling and  servicing  agreement,  trust
agreement,  indenture or similar agreement,  including all related  supplements,
for an  Underlying  Series,  under which the related  Pooled  Certificates  were
issued.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

         "Underlying   Certificates":    Mortgage   pass-through   certificates,
collateralized mortgage obligations and other similar securities issued pursuant
to Underlying Agreements but not included in the Pooled Certificates.

         "Underlying  Series":  Any  series of  securities  to which any  Pooled
Certificate belongs.

         "Vice  President":  Any vice  president,  irrespective  of whether such
title is modified by any other forms preceding or following.

         "Voting  Rights":  With  respect to all  provisions  of this  Indenture
requiring the consent,  vote,  resolution or similar action of the  Noteholders,
the voting rights represented by each Note entitled to vote, which voting rights
shall be the portion of the voting rights of all of the Notes which is allocated
to any such  Note or if a Class of Notes is  entitled  to vote  separately  as a
Class,  the portion of the voting rights of all of the Notes of such Class which
is allocated to any such Note of such Class. Voting Rights shall be allocated to
the Notes in proportion  to the  respective  Percentage  Interest of the Holders
thereof.


                                   ARTICLE TWO


                                    NOTE FORM


Section 2.01          Designation; Form of Notes.

         The Notes of each Class shall be  designated  generally as the Issuer's
Collateralized  Notes.  The  Notes of each  Class  shall be  issued  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibits A-1 through and including A-4, with such appropriate
insertions,  omissions,  substitutions  and other  variations as are required or
permitted under this  Indenture,  and may have such letters,  numbers,  or other
marks of identification  and such legends or endorsements  placed thereon as may
be deemed necessary or desirable by the Note Registrar.


                                  ARTICLE THREE


                                    THE NOTES


Section 3.01          The  Depository;  Initial  Class  Principal  Balances  and
                      Interest Rates


         (a) The  Depository,  the Issuer and the Trustee  have  entered  into a
Depository  Agreement dated as of March 26, 1997 (the  "Depository  Agreement").
Except for the Individual Notes and as provided in Subsection 3.01(b), the Notes


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

shall  at all  times  remain  registered  in the name of the  Depository  or its
nominee and at all times:  (i) registration of such Notes may not be transferred
by the Trustee  except to a successor  to the  Depository;  (ii)  ownership  and
transfers of registration of such Notes on the books of the Depository  shall be
governed by applicable rules established by the Depository; (iii) the Depository
may  collect  its  usual and  customary  fees,  charges  and  expenses  from its
Depository  Participants;  (iv) the Trustee  shall deal with the  Depository  as
representative  of the Note  Owners for  purposes  of  exercising  the rights of
Noteholders  under this Indenture,  and requests and directions for and votes of
such representative shall not be deemed to be inconsistent if they are made with
respect to  different  Note  Owners;  and (v) the  Trustee may rely and shall be
fully  protected in relying upon  information  furnished by the Depository  with
respect to its Depository Participants.

         All transfers by Note Owners of Notes which are  represented  by Global
Notes  shall  be made in  accordance  with  the  procedures  established  by the
Depository  Participant or brokerage firm  representing  such Note Owners.  Each
Depository Participant shall only transfer Notes of Note Owners it represents or
of  brokerage  firms  for  which  it  acts  as  agent  in  accordance  with  the
Depository's normal procedures.

         (b) If (i)(A)  the Issuer  advises  the  Trustee  in  writing  that the
Depository   is  no  longer   willing  or  able  to   properly   discharge   its
responsibilities  as  Depository  and (B) the Trustee or the Issuer is unable to
locate a  qualified  successor  within 30 days or (ii) the  Issuer at its option
advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system
through the Depository, the Trustee shall request that the Depository notify all
Note  Owners of the  occurrence  of any such  event and of the  availability  of
definitive,  fully  registered  Notes (the  "Definitive  Notes") to Note  Owners
requesting  the  same.  Upon  surrender  to  the  Trustee  of the  Notes  by the
Depository,  accompanied by  registration  instructions  from the Depository for
registration,  the Trustee shall issue the Definitive Notes.  Neither the Issuer
nor the Trustee  shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such  instructions
and may  conclusively  rely on,  and shall be  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions.

         (c)  The  aggregate   principal   amount  of  the  Notes  that  may  be
authenticated and delivered  hereunder is limited to  $199,893,850.00  plus such
Notes as may be  authenticated  and  delivered  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
Section 3.10 and except for Notes  authenticated and delivered upon registration
of  transfer  of or in exchange  for,  or in lieu of,  other  Notes  pursuant to
Sections  3.04,  3.05 or 3.06  hereof.  The Notes  issued and  delivered  on the
Delivery Date shall be as follows:

Class of Notes                                  Aggregate Principal Amount
- --------------                                  --------------------------
Class A Notes                                         $   8,844,850.00
Class B Notes                                         $  13,267,250.00
Class C Notes                                         $  28,745,750.00
Class D Notes                                         $ 149,036,000.00


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

         Each Class of Notes will accrue interest on the Notes from the 29th day
of each month through the 28th day of the following  month.  Each class of Notes
will be  entitled  to receive  interest  on its Note  Principal  Balance on each
monthly Payment Date at a variable  interest rate equal to the excess of (i) the
weighted average of the Net Certificate Rates of all of the Pooled  Certificates
with respect to the immediately preceding  Certificate  Distribution Dates as to
which such interest  payments are included in Available  Funds over (ii) the sum
of the Loss Mitigation  Advisor's Fee, the Trustee's Fee and the Owner Trustee's
Fee due on such date (in each case, expressed as a percentage); provided that if
such rate of interest on a given  Payment  Date would be less than 4% per annum,
first the Percentage Cash Flow Payment and then the Imputed Principal Payment in
each case due with  respect to the Equity  Interest on such Payment Date will be
subordinated  to the extent  necessary  to provide  each Class of the Notes with
interest  at a rate of 4% per  annum on such  Payment  Date.  Interest  shall be
calculated based upon a 360-day year consisting of 12 30-day months.

         The Notes of each Class that are  authenticated  and  delivered  by the
Trustee to or upon the order of the Issuer on the  Delivery  Date shall be dated
the Delivery  Date.  All other Notes that are  authenticated  after the Delivery
Date for any other purpose under this Indenture shall be dated the date of their
authentication or as otherwise provided herein.

Section 3.02          Denominations.

        Each Class of Notes will be issued in fully  registered  form in minimum
denominations  of  $500,000 in the case of Class A Notes and  $1,000,000  in the
case of all other Classes and in each case $1.00 in excess thereof,  except that
one Note of each such Class may be issued in a different  amount so that the sum
of the  denominations  of all  outstanding  Notes of such Class  shall equal the
Class  Principal  Balance of such Class on the  Delivery  Date.  On the Delivery
Date, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one Global
Note of each Class and/or (ii) one or more Individual  Notes all in an aggregate
Note  Principal  Balance  that shall equal the Class  Principal  Balance of such
Class on the Delivery Date. The Global Notes shall be delivered by the Issuer to
the Depository or pursuant to the Depository's instructions,  shall be delivered
by the  Issuer  on  behalf  of the  Depository  to and  deposited  with  the DTC
Custodian. Individual Notes shall be delivered by the Trustee in accordance with
an Issuer Order;  the Issuer shall give that Issuer Order in accordance with the
instructions of Bear Stearns.

Section 3.03          Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

         The Notes shall be  executed  on behalf of the Issuer by an  authorized
Issuer  Officer.  The  signature  of any of these  Officers  on the Notes may be
manual, photocopied or facsimile.

         Notes  bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of  individuals  who
were  at  any  time  the  proper   Issuer   Officers   shall  bind  the  Issuer,
notwithstanding  the fact that such  individuals  or any of them have  ceased to
hold such offices prior to the  authentication and delivery of such Notes or did
not hold such offices at the date of issuance of such Notes.


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

         At any time and from time to time after the  execution  and delivery of
this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes of any Class executed by the Issuer
to the  Trustee  for  authentication;  and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and
deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

         No Note shall be  entitled to any benefit  under this  Indenture  or be
valid or  obligatory  for any  purpose,  unless  there  appears  on such  Note a
certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form  provided for herein
executed  by  the  Trustee  by the  manual  signature  of one of its  authorized
signatories,  and such certificate  upon any Note shall be conclusive  evidence,
and the only evidence,  the such Note has been duly  authenticated and delivered
hereunder.

Section 3.04          Temporary Notes.

         Pending the  preparation of Definitive  Notes of any Class,  the Issuer
may execute,  and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,
temporary  Notes that are printed,  lithographed,  typewritten,  mimeographed or
otherwise produced, in any authorized  denomination,  substantially of the tenor
of the  definitive  Notes  in lieu of  which  they  are  issued  and  with  such
variations as the Officers  executing such Notes may determine,  as evidenced by
their execution of such Notes.

         If temporary Notes are issued,  the Issuer will cause  Definitive Notes
to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the preparation of definitive
Notes,  the temporary  Notes shall be  exchangeable  for  definitive  Notes upon
surrender  of the  temporary  Notes at the  office or agency of the Issuer to be
maintained  as  provided in Section  9.01,  without  charge to the Holder.  Upon
surrender for  cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver in exchange  therefor a
like  original  principal  amount of  definitive  Notes of the same Class in the
authorized  denominations.  Until so exchanged the temporary  Notes shall in all
respects be entitled to the same  benefits  under this  Indenture as  definitive
Notes.

Section 3.05          Registrations  of Transfer  and Exchange,  Restrictions on
                      Transfer.

         (a) The  Issuer  shall  cause to be kept a "Note  Register"  in  which,
subject to such  reasonable  regulations as it may  prescribe,  the Issuer shall
provide  for the  registration  of Notes of each Class and the  registration  of
transfers  of Notes of each  Class.  The Trustee is hereby  initially  appointed
"Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering  Notes and transfers of Notes as
herein provided.

         (b) If a Person  other than the Trustee is  appointed  by the Issuer as
Note  Registrar,  the Issuer will give the Trustee  prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Person as Note Registrar and of the location, and any change
in the location,  of the Note Register,  and the Trustee shall have the right to
inspect the Note Register at all  reasonable  times and to obtain copies thereof
and shall have the right to rely upon a  certificate  executed  on behalf of the
Note  Registrar  by an  Officer  thereof  as to the names and  addresses  of the
Holders of each Class of Notes and the  principal  amounts  and  numbers of such
Notes.


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

         (c)  Subject to  Subsection  3.01(a) and upon the  satisfaction  of the
conditions set forth below,  upon surrender for  registration of transfer of any
Note at any office or agency of the Issuer  maintained for such purpose pursuant
to Section 9.01, the Issuer shall sign, the Trustee shall  authenticate  and the
Note  Registrar  shall  deliver,  in the name of the  designated  transferee  or
transferees,  a new Note of a like Class and aggregate Note  Principal  Balance,
but bearing a different number.

         (d) By acceptance of an Individual Note, whether upon original issuance
or subsequent transfer, each holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions
on the transfer of such Note set forth in the Securities  Legend and agrees that
it will  transfer  such a Note  only as  provided  herein.  In  addition  to the
provisions of Subsection  3.05(i),  the following  restrictions shall apply with
respect to the transfer and  registration of transfer of an Individual Note to a
transferee that takes delivery in the form of an Individual Note:

                (i)  The  Note  Registrar  shall  register  the  transfer  of an
        Individual Note if the requested  transfer is being made to a transferee
        who has provided the Note Registrar with a Rule 144A Certificate.

                (ii) The Note  Registrar  shall  register  the  transfer  of any
        Individual  Note if (x) the transferor has advised the Note Registrar in
        writing  that  the  Note  is  being   transferred  to  an  Institutional
        Accredited  Investor;  and (y)  prior  to the  transfer  the  transferee
        furnishes to the Note Registrar an Investment Letter,  provided that, if
        the Note Registrar determines (including, but not limited to, based upon
        an Opinion of  Counsel)  that the  delivery of (x) and (y) above are not
        sufficient to confirm that the proposed  transfer is being made pursuant
        to  an  exemption  from,  or  in  a  transaction  not  subject  to,  the
        registration  requirements  of the Securities  Act and other  applicable
        laws, the Note Registrar may as a condition of the  registration  of any
        such transfer  require the  transferor to furnish other  certifications,
        legal  opinions or other  information  reasonably  sufficient to provide
        such  confirmation  prior to  registering  the transfer of an Individual
        Note.

         (e)  Subject to  Subsection  3.05(i),  so long as the Global  Note of a
Class  remains  outstanding  and is  held  by or on  behalf  of the  Depository,
transfers of  beneficial  interests in such Global Note, or transfers by holders
of Individual  Notes of such Class to transferees that take delivery in the form
of beneficial interests in such Global Note, may be made only in accordance with
this Subsection 3.05(e) and in accordance with the rules of the Depository:

                (i) In the case of a beneficial interest in the Global Note of a
        Class being transferred to an Institutional  Accredited  Investor,  such
        transferee  shall  be  required  to  take  delivery  in the  form  of an
        Individual  Note or Notes of such  Class  and the Note  Registrar  shall
        register  such  transfer  only upon  compliance  with the  provisions of
        Subsection 3.05(d)(ii).

                (ii) In the case of a beneficial  interest in a Global Note of a
        Class being  transferred to a transferee that takes delivery in the form
        of an  Individual  Note or Notes of such  Class,  except as set forth in
        clause (i) above,  the Note Registrar  shall register such transfer only
        upon compliance with the provisions of Subsection 3.05(d)(i).

                (iii)  In the  case  of an  Individual  Note  of a  Class  being
        transferred  to a  transferee  that  takes  delivery  in the  form  of a


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

        beneficial interest in the Global Note of such Class, the Note Registrar
        shall  register  such transfer if the  transferee  has provided the Note
        Registrar with a Rule 144A Certificate.

                (iv) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or
        registration of transfer of a beneficial  interest in the Global Note of
        a Class to a transferee  that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial
        interest in the Global Note of such Class.

         (f) Subject to Subsection 3.05(i), an exchange of a beneficial interest
in the Global Note of a Class for an Individual  Note or Notes of such Class, an
exchange of an Individual Note or Notes of a Class for a beneficial  interest in
the Global Note of such Class and an exchange of an Individual  Note or Notes of
a Class  for  another  Individual  Note or Notes of such  Class  (in each  case,
whether or not such exchange is made in  anticipation  of  subsequent  transfer,
and, in the case of the Global Note of such Class,  so long as such Note remains
outstanding  and is held by or on behalf of the  Depository) may be made only in
accordance with this Subsection  3.05(f) and in accordance with the rules of the
Depository:

                (i) A holder  of a  beneficial  interest  in a Global  Note of a
        Class  may  at  any  time  exchange  such  beneficial  interest  for  an
        Individual Note or Notes of such Class.

                (ii) A holder of an Individual Note of a Class may exchange such
        Note for a beneficial  interest in the Global Note of such Class if such
        holder furnishes to the Registrar a Rule 144A Certificate.

                (iii) A holder of an  Individual  Note of a Class  may  exchange
        such Note for an equal  aggregate Note  Principal  Balance of Individual
        Notes of such Class in different  authorized  denominations  without any
        certification.

         (g) (i) Upon  acceptance for exchange or transfer of an Individual Note
of a Class  for a  beneficial  interest  in the  Global  Note of such  Class  as
provided herein,  the Note Registrar shall cancel such Individual Note and shall
(or shall  request the  Depository  to) endorse on the  schedule  affixed to the
applicable  Global Note (or on a  continuation  of such schedule  affixed to the
Global Note and made a part thereof) an  appropriate  notation or otherwise mark
its records to evidence the date of such exchange or transfer and an increase in
the note balance of the Global Note equal to the note balance of such Individual
Note exchanged or transferred therefor.

                (ii) Upon  acceptance  for  exchange or transfer of a beneficial
interest in the Global Note of a Class for an  Individual  Note of such Class as
provided  herein,  the Note Registrar shall (or shall request the Depository to)
endorse on the  schedule  affixed to such Global Note (or on a  continuation  of
such  schedule  affixed  to  such  Global  Note  and  made  a part  thereof)  an
appropriate  notation or otherwise mark its records to evidence the date of such


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

exchange  or  transfer  and a decrease  in the note  balance of such Global Note
equal to the note balance of such Individual Note issued in exchange therefor or
upon transfer thereof.

         (h) The Securities Legend shall be placed on any Individual Note issued
in exchange for or upon transfer of another  Individual  Note or of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note.

         (i) Subject to the  restrictions  on transfer and exchange set forth in
this Section 3.05,  the holder of any  Individual  Note may transfer or exchange
the same in whole or in part (in an initial Note Principal  Balance equal to the
minimum  authorized  denomination  or any  integral  multiple of $1.00 in excess
thereof) by  surrendering  such Note at the Corporate  Trust  Office,  or at the
office of any transfer agent, together with an executed instrument of assignment
and transfer  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Note  Registrar in the
case of transfer and a written request for exchange in the case of exchange duly
executed by the Holder  thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing with
such  signature  medallion  guaranteed  by a  commercial  bank or trust  company
located, or having a correspondent  located, in the City of New York or the city
in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or by another participant in the
Securities  Transfer  Agents  Medallion  Program.  The  holder  of a  beneficial
interest  in a Global  Note may,  subject  to the rules  and  procedures  of the
Depository,  cause the  Depository (or its nominee) to notify the Note Registrar
in writing of a request for transfer or exchange of such beneficial interest for
an  Individual  Note or  Notes.  Following  a proper  request  for  transfer  or
exchange,  the Note Registrar  shall,  within five Business Days of such request
made at such Corporate  Trust Office,  seek to cause the Issuer to execute,  the
Trustee to  authenticate  and the Note  Registrar  to deliver at such  Corporate
Trust Office, to the transferee (in the case of transfer) or holder (in the case
of exchange) or send by first class mail at the risk of the  transferee  (in the
case of  transfer)  or holder (in the case of  exchange)  to such address as the
transferee or holder, as applicable,  may request,  an Individual Note or Notes,
as the case may require, for a like aggregate Note Principal Balance and in such
authorized  denomination or denominations as may be requested.  The presentation
for transfer or exchange of any  Individual  Note shall not be valid unless made
at the Corporate Trust Office by the registered  holder in person,  or by a duly
authorized attorney-in-fact.

         (j) All Notes issued upon any  registration  of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid  obligations  of the Issuer,  evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         (k) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of any Class of Notes,  but the Issuer may require  payment
of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge that may be
imposed in  connection  with any  registration  of  transfer or exchange of such
Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04 not involving any transfer.

Section 3.06          Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

         If (a) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee
receives  evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,  loss or theft of any


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

Note,  and (b) there is delivered  to the Trustee such  security or indemnity as
may be required by it to save each of the Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then,
in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Note  Registrar that such Note has
been  acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the Issuer shall execute and upon its
request the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu
of any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, a new Note of the same
Class and of the same tenor and original principal amount,  bearing a number not
contemporaneously  outstanding;  provided,  however, that if any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall have become or shall be about to become due
and payable,  or shall have been selected or called for  redemption,  instead of
issuing a new Note,  the Issuer  may pay such Note  without  surrender  thereof,
except that any mutilated Note shall be surrendered prior to being paid in full.

         Upon the  issuance of any new Note under this  Section,  the Issuer may
require the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses
(including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every  new  Note  issued  pursuant  to  this  Section  in  lieu  of any
mutilated,   destroyed,  lost  or  stolen  Note  shall  constitute  an  original
additional  contractual  obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone,  and
shall  be  entitled  to  all  the  benefits  of  this   Indenture   equally  and
proportionately  with any and all  other  Notes of the same  Class  duly  issued
hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

         If, after the delivery of a new Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or
stolen  Note  pursuant  to the  first  paragraph  of this  Section,  a bona fide
purchaser  presents for payment the related  original  Note,  the Issuer and the
Trustee shall be entitled to recover the related new Note (or such payment) from
the  Person to whom it was  delivered  or any Person who may have taken such new
Note from such Person, unless such a transferee is a bona fide purchaser of such
new Note,  and the Trustee  shall be entitled  to recover  upon the  security or
indemnity provided pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section to the extent
of any loss,  damage,  cost or expenses incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in
connection with the situation described in this paragraph.

Section 3.07          Payment of Principal and Interest; Rights Preserved.

         (a)  Principal  and  interest  on  the  Notes  shall  be  paid  out  of
collections of principal and interest on the Pooled  Certificates  and receipts,
if any,  with  respect  to the Other  Assets  to the  extent  and in the  manner
provided in Section 12.01 until the entire unpaid Note Principal Balance of each
Class of the Notes is reduced to zero.

         (b)  Except for the final  payment  due on each Class of Notes at their
Maturity, which final payment shall be made only upon presentation and surrender
of each such Note at the  office or  agency  of the  Issuer  maintained  for the
purpose of making final Note payments as provided in Section  9.01,  payments of


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

interest  and  principal  of each Note will be made by the Paying  Agent on each
Payment  Date out of  Available  Funds to the  Person who was the Holder of such
Class of Notes as of the related  Record Date either (1) by check  mailed to the
address of such Person, as such name and address appear in the Note Register, or
(2) by wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds to the  account of such
Person,  in accordance with any wiring  instructions  provided to the Trustee by
such  Person in  writing  at least five  Business  Days prior to the  applicable
Record Date. The Trustee may charge a reasonable fee to any Holder of Notes with
aggregate denominations evidencing original Note Principal Balances of less than
$5,000,000 for any payment made to such holder by wire transfer.

         In the case of any Note  upon  which the  final  payment  is due on the
Maturity of such Note, the Issuer or, at the Issuer's request,  the Trustee,  in
the name and at the  expense of the  Issuer,  shall  notify the Person  entitled
thereto at his address as it appears on the Note  Register  that such Note is to
be paid in full. Such notice shall be mailed as soon as practicable,  and in any
event no later than the Payment Date on which the final payment is to be made on
such Note,  and shall  specify  the place where such Note may be  presented  and
surrendered for final payment.

         (c)      Notes shall be payable  solely from the  proceeds of the Trust
Estate and from any other assets of the Issuer.

         (d) Subject to the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section,  each Note
delivered  under this Indenture upon  registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other  Note of the same  Class  shall  carry the rights to
unpaid interest and principal that was carried by such other Note.

Section 3.08          Persons Deemed Owners2.

         Prior to due presentment for  registration of transfer of any Note, the
Issuer,  the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or of the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name any such Note is  registered  in the Note  Register  as the
owner of such  Note for the  purpose  of  receiving  payments  of  interest  and
principal  on such Note and for all other  purposes  whatsoever  (whether or not
such Note is overdue),  and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the
Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 3.09          Cancellation.

         All Notes surrendered for payment,  registration of transfer,  exchange
or redemption  shall,  if surrendered  to any Person other than the Trustee,  be
delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by it. The Issuer may at
any  time  deliver  to  the  Trustee  for   cancellation  any  Notes  previously
authenticated  and delivered  hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever,  and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the
Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes
canceled as provided in this  Section,  except as  expressly  permitted  by this
Indenture.  All  canceled  Notes  held by the  Trustee  shall  be  destroyed  in
accordance with the Trustee's customary practices unless the Issuer shall direct
by an Issuer Order that they be returned to it.


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

Section 3.10          Additional Notes.

         The Owner Trustee and the Trustee are hereby authorized to enter into a
Supplemental  Indenture  to  provide  that  the  Issuer  may  pledge  additional
mortgage-backed  securities to the Trustee and issue additional Classes of Notes
and to provide for any  additional  provisions  necessitated  by such pledge and
issuance  provided  that  prior to any such  action  the  Trustee  and the Owner
Trustee  are  provided  with (i) an opinion  of  counsel to the effect  that the
Issuer will not be treated as a taxable  mortgage  pool for  federal  income tax
purposes  and (ii) a written  acknowledgment  from Moody's that such action will
not adversely affect its then rating of each Class of Notes.


                                  ARTICLE FOUR


                ARTICLE FOUR AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF NOTES


Section 4.01          Security for Notes.

         The Notes of each Class shall be  executed by the Issuer and  delivered
to the Trustee for authentication, and thereupon the same shall be authenticated
and  delivered to the Issuer by the Trustee upon Issuer Order and upon  delivery
by the Issuer to the Trustee, and receipt by the Trustee, of the following:

                  (a)  Registration  of  Collateral.  The Issuer  shall,  at its
         expense,  have delivered all Pooled  Certificates  (other than the Lost
         Certificates,  the DTC Certificates and the other Pooled  Certificates,
         if any,  noted in the  Trustee  Receipt  delivered  pursuant to Section
         4.02) to the Trustee,  duly  endorsed by the  registered  holder to the
         Trustee or in blank,  and the Trustee shall promptly deliver all Pooled
         Certificates  (other than the Lost  Certificates,  the DTC Certificates
         and such other Pooled  Certificates) to the related Underlying Trustees
         together  with all  required  transfer  documents  to enable the Pooled
         Certificates to be registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee
         or agent.  The Trustee shall also have received  confirmation  that the
         DTC Certificates  have been  "transferred" to the Trustee in accordance
         with Article Eight of the Uniform  Commercial  Code as in effect in the
         State of New York. In connection  with the  registration  of the Pooled
         Certificates  in the name of the Trustee or its  nominee or agent,  the
         Issuer assumes all  responsibility for compliance with the requirements
         of the Underlying  Agreements and applicable  securities  laws, and for
         determining  whether  such  transfer is permitted  thereunder,  and the
         Trustee  shall  have  no  responsibility  therefor  and  shall  be held
         harmless from any liability arising  therefrom.  The Issuer shall cause
         to be delivered a lost security  affidavit  and indemnity  agreement to
         the Trustee with respect to the Lost  Certificates and any other Pooled
         Certificates  noted in the aforesaid Trustee Receipt and shall promptly
         obtain  replacement  certificates  for the  Lost  Certificates  and the
         certificates for the other Pooled  Certificates  noted in the aforesaid
         Trustee Receipt and deliver them to the Trustee.  Following its receipt
         of such certificates, the Trustee shall provide to the Issuer a receipt
         with respect thereto  comparable to the receipt  referred to in Section
         4.02.


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

                  (b) Certificate of the Issuer.  An Officer's  Certificate from
         the  Issuer,  dated as of the date of the Issuer  Order,  to the effect
         that, in the case of each Pooled  Certificate and immediately  prior to
         the delivery thereof on the Delivery Date:

                           (1)      the Issuer is the  beneficial  owner of such
                  Pooled Certificate;

                           (2)      the  Issuer  has acquired  its  ownership or
                  security interest  in such  Pooled  Certificate  in good faith
                  without notice of any adverse claim;

                           (3)      the  Issuer has not  assigned  any  interest
                  or participation in such Pooled  Certificate (or, if any  such
                  interest or participation  has  been  assigned,  it  has  been
                  released);

                           (4)      the  Issuer  has   full  right  to  Grant  a
                  security  interest  in and  assign and pledge the Trust Estate
                  to the Trustee;

                           (5)      the  information  set forth with  respect to
                  each Pooled  Certificate in  Schedule 1 hereto is complete and
                  correct; and

                           (6) (A) the  Issuer  is the  beneficial  owner of the
                  Other Assets; (B) the Issuer has acquired its ownership of the
                  rights  represented  by the Other Assets in good faith without
                  notice of any adverse  claim;  (C) the Issuer has not assigned
                  any interest or  participation  in the Other  Assets;  (D) the
                  Issuer has full right assign its interests in the Other Assets
                  to the Trustee,  or if consents of third parties are required,
                  such consents have been obtained;  and (E) the information set
                  forth  with  respect  to each of the  Other  Assets  listed in
                  Schedule 2 hereto is complete and correct

         (c)  Deposits  to  Payment  Account.  The  amount of all  distributions
received or expected to be received on the Pooled Certificates by the registered
holders thereof during March 1997,  which amount is $1,613,876,  shall have been
deposited  into the Payment  Account and shall be disbursed on the first Payment
Date in accordance with joint  instructions  from the Depositor and Bear Stearns
which are intended to reflect the amounts of principal and interest on the Notes
and Percentage Cash Flow Payments and Imputed  Principal  Payments in respect of
the Equity Interest which would be due hereunder based on March 1997 payments on
the Pooled Certificates.  Such deposit shall be invested in Eligible Investments
at the  direction  of the  Depositor.  If such  deposit plus any proceeds of the
Eligible Investments exceeds the amounts due to the Holders of the Notes and the
Issuer in respect of the Equity  Interest as provided in the  instructions,  the
instructions  shall  provide that the excess be paid to the  Depositor.  If such
deposit plus any proceeds of the Eligible  Investments  are  insufficient to pay
the  amounts  due to the  Holders  of the Notes and the Issuer in respect of the
Equity Interest, the Depositor shall provide to the Trustee for deposit into the
Payment  Account the amount of any such  insufficiency  by 12:00 p.m. on the day
prior to the first Payment Date.


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

Section 4.02          Trustee Receipt.

         On or before the Delivery  Date,  the Trustee shall execute and deliver
an instrument to the Issuer  confirming  its receipt of each Pooled  Certificate
(other than the Lost Certificates and any other exceptions noted thereon),  duly
endorsed  in blank or to the  order of the  Trustee,  or, in the case of any DTC
Certificate,  confirming  its receipt of  confirmation  of the transfer to it of
such Pooled Certificate in accordance with Section 4.01(a).

Section 4.03          Exercise  of  Rights  as  Registered   Holder  of   Pooled
                      Certificates.

         If at any time the  Trustee,  as the  registered  holder of the  Pooled
Certificates,  is  asked to  exercise  a right to vote  inherent  in any  Pooled
Certificate  or to take any action or give any consent,  approval or waiver with
respect to such Pooled  Certificate  or the related  Underlying  Agreement,  the
Trustee shall promptly notify all of the Noteholders of such request in writing,
requesting  direction  from such  Noteholders  as to the  course  of action  the
Trustee  should take.  The Trustee  shall  furnish  copies to the Holders of any
request or other  notice  requiring  action by, and  received by the Trustee as,
registered  holder of any Pooled  Certificate,  and subject to the provisions of
Section 7.03(e) shall act in accordance  with the written  directions of Holders
of the Notes of all Classes  entitled to 51% or more of the Voting Rights of all
the Noteholders.  In the absence of such directions,  the Trustee may, but shall
have no  obligation  to, take such action as it may  determine  in its  absolute
discretion.  Voting rights will be allocated  among the Notes of all Classes pro
rata based upon their respective Note Principal Balances. Except as so provided,
the Trustee shall have no responsibility to monitor or regulate on behalf of the
Holders the exercise by any Person of its rights under any Underlying Agreement,
including any right to amend or terminate  such  Underlying  Agreement,  nor any
responsibility to monitor or regulate the liquidation of mortgage loans or other
collateral pursuant to any such Underlying Agreement.

Section 4.04          Benefit Plan Investor Representations.

         (a)      The Issuer  represents  and warrants that it is not a "benefit
plan  investor" described  in or subject  to the Department of Labor regulations
set forth in 29 C.F.R.  section 2510.3-101.

         (b) The Trustee, based upon the Opinion of Counsel it has received from
Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP to such effect, represents and warrants that it is
not a "benefit plan investor" described in or subject to the Department of Labor
regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. section 2510.3-101.


                                  ARTICLE FIVE


                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE


Section 5.01          Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

         This  Indenture  shall cease to be of further  effect  except as to (i)
rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen  Notes,  (iii) the rights of  Noteholders  to receive


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

payments of interest on and principal of the Notes, (iv) the rights, obligations
and  immunities of the Trustee  hereunder and (v) the rights of  Noteholders  as
beneficiaries  hereof with  respect to any property  deposited  with the Trustee
hereunder and payable to all or any of them,  and the Trustee,  on demand of and
at the expense of the Issuer,  shall execute  proper  instruments  acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:

                  (1)      either:

                           (a)   all   Notes   of   all   Classes    theretofore
                  authenticated  and  delivered  (other than (i) Notes that have
                  been destroyed,  lost or stolen and that have been replaced or
                  paid as  provided  in Section  3.06,  and (ii) Notes for whose
                  payment  money  has  theretofore  been  deposited  in trust or
                  segregated  and  held in trust by the  Issuer  and  thereafter
                  repaid  to the  Issuer  or  discharged  from  such  trust,  as
                  provided in Section  9.02) have been  delivered to the Trustee
                  for cancellation; or

                           (b)    all  Notes  of  all  Classes  not  theretofore
                  delivered  to the  Trustee  for cancellation:

                                    (i)     have become due and payable; or

                                    (ii)    will become due and payable at their
                           Stated  Maturity  within one year; or

                                    (iii)   are  to  be  called  for  redemption
                           within one year under an arrangement  satisfactory to
                           the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by
                           the Issuer;

and the Issuer, in the case of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (b) above,
has  deposited  or caused to be deposited  with the  Trustee,  in trust for such
purpose,  cash  or  Eligible  Investments  in an  amount  sufficient  to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation;  provided,  however,  that clause (i) of paragraph (b)
above  shall  be  inapplicable  if an  election  to act in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 6.05 shall have been made and not rescinded;

                  (2)      the  Issuer  has paid or caused to be paid all  other
         sums  payable  hereunder  by the Issuer; and

                  (3) the  Issuer has  delivered  to the  Trustee  an  Officer's
         Certificate  and an  Opinion  of Counsel  stating  that all  conditions
         precedent   herein  provided  for  relating  to  the  satisfaction  and
         discharge  of this  Indenture  with  respect  to the  Notes  have  been
         complied with.

         Notwithstanding  the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,  the
obligations  of the  Trustee  to the  Noteholders  under  Section  5.02  and the
provisions of Section 7.07 for the benefit of the Trustee shall survive.


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

Section 5.02          Supplication of Trust Money.

         All monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.01 shall be
held in trust and applied by it, in accordance  with the provisions of the Notes
and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent,
as the Trustee may determine,  to the Person  entitled  thereto of the principal
and  interest  for the payment of which such money has been  deposited  with the
Trustee;  but such money need not be  segregated  from other funds except to the
extent otherwise expressly required herein or required by law.

Section 5.03          Release of Collateral.

         Upon  satisfaction  and  discharge  of this  Indenture  as described in
Section 5.01, the Trustee shall release all  Collateral,  including all funds on
deposit in the Payment Account to the Issuer or its designee,  and shall deliver
any Pooled  Certificates  to the Issuer or its  designee  duly  endorsed to such
Person,  and shall take all appropriate  actions to transfer ownership rights in
the Other Assets,  if any, to the Issuer,  and shall execute and deliver to such
Person any other documents or instruments reasonably requested by such Person to
effect the  transfer  of the Pooled  Certificates  and the Other  Assets to such
Person all at the expense of the Issuer and shall be  indemnified  by the Issuer
in so doing.


                                   ARTICLE SIX


                                    REMEDIES


Section 6.01          Events of Default.

         (a) An Event of Default  with  respect to a Note of any Class means any
one of the following  events  (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and
whether it shall be voluntary or  involuntary or be effected by operation of law
or pursuant to any judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

                  (1)      a  failure  to pay  interest  and  principal  in  the
         required amounts from Available Funds;

                  (2)      a failure  to pay in full the  Outstanding  principal
         amount of any Note by its  Stated Maturity; or

                  (3) default in the performance,  or breach, of any covenant or
         warranty of the Issuer in this  Indenture  (other than a Default in the
         performance  of or breach of any  covenant  or  warranty  addressed  in
         Section 6.01(a)(1) and (2) hereof),  and continuance of such Default or
         breach for a period of 60 days after there  shall have been  given,  by
         registered or certified  mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee,  a written
         notice  specifying  such  Default  or  breach  and  requiring  it to be
         remedied  and stating  that such notice is a "Notice of Default"  under
         the Indenture; or


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

                  (4)  the  entry  of  a  decree  or  order  by a  court  having
         jurisdiction   in  the  premises   adjudging  the  Issuer  bankrupt  or
         insolvent;   or  approving  as  properly   filed  a  petition   seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the Issuer under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable
         federal or state law, or appointing a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,
         or  sequestrator  (or other  similar  official) of the Issuer or of any
         substantial  part  of its  property,  or  ordering  the  winding  up or
         liquidation of its affairs,  and the  continuance of any such decree or
         order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

                  (5)  the  institution  by  the  Issuer  of  proceedings  to be
         adjudicated  as  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or the  consent by it to the
         institution of bankruptcy or insolvency  proceedings against it, or the
         filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking  reorganization
         or  relief  under the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Code or any  other  similar
         applicable  federal or state law, or the consent by it to the filing of
         any such  petition or to the  appointment  of a  receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee,  trustee or sequestrator  (or other similar  official) of the
         Issuer or of any substantial part of its property,  or the making by it
         of an assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or the admission by it
         in writing of its  inability to pay its debts  generally as they become
         due, or the taking of corporate  action by the Issuer in furtherance of
         any such action.

         (b) Each Noteholder  shall be deemed to have agreed,  by its acceptance
of its Note,  not to file,  or join in filing,  any  petition in  bankruptcy  or
commence any similar  proceeding in respect of the Issuer and to treat its Notes
as debt instruments for purposes of federal and state income tax,  franchise tax
and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income.

Section 6.02          Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

         (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Holders of not
less than 25% of the Note Principal Balances of all of the Outstanding Notes may
declare the  Outstanding  principal  balances of all the Notes to be immediately
due and payable,  by a notice in writing to the Issuer and to the  Trustee,  and
upon any such  declaration  such  principal  shall  become  immediately  due and
payable.

         (b) At any time after a  declaration  of  acceleration  of Maturity has
been made  pursuant to paragraph  (a) of this Section 6.02 and before a judgment
or decree  for  payment  of the money due has been  obtained  by the  Trustee as
hereinafter  provided  in this  Article,  the  Holders of a majority of the Note
Principal  Balances of all of the  Outstanding  Notes,  by written notice to the
Issuer and the Trustee,  may rescind and annul such  declaration of acceleration
of the Notes and its consequences if:

                  (1)      (A) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee
         a sum sufficient to pay

                                    (i)     all overdue installments of interest
                           and  principal on each Class of  the Notes, and


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

                                    (ii)  all  sums  paid  or  advanced  by  the
                           Trustee  hereunder and the  reasonable  compensation,
                           expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
                           its agents and counsel; and

                           (B) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment
         of interest and  principal of Notes that have become due solely by such
         acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.15; or

                  (2)  an  election  is  made  to  act in  accordance  with  the
         provisions  of Section  6.05 with  respect to the Event of Default that
         gave rise to such declaration.

         No such  rescission  shall affect any subsequent  Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

Section 6.03          Collection of Indebtedness  and  Suits  for Enforcement by
                      Trustee.

         The Issuer  covenants  that if  Default  is made in the  payment of any
interest or principal of any Note, the Issuer will,  upon demand of the Trustee,
pay to the Trustee,  for the benefit of the  Noteholders,  the whole amount then
due and payable on the Notes and, in addition  thereto,  such further  amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

         If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the
Trustee,  in its own name and as Trustee of an express  trust,  may  institute a
Proceeding for the  collection of the sums so due and unpaid,  and may prosecute
such  Proceeding to judgment or final  decree,  and may enforce the same against
the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes and collect the monies  adjudged or
decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law.

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion  proceed  to  protect  and  enforce  its rights and the rights of the
Noteholders  by such  appropriate  Proceedings  as the  Trustee  shall deem most
effectual  to protect  and  enforce any such  rights,  whether for the  specific
enforcement  of any  covenant or  agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted  herein,  or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 6.04          Remedies.

         If an Event of  Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the
Trustee may, to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of Section 6.05,
if applicable, do one or more of the following:

                  (a) institute  Proceedings  for the  collection of all amounts
         then payable on the Notes under this Indenture,  whether by declaration
         or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Trust
         Estate securing the Notes and from the Issuer monies adjudged due;


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

                  (b) sell all or a portion  of the Trust  Estate  securing  the
         Notes or rights of interest  therein,  at one or more public or private
         sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;

                  (c)      institute   Proceedings  from  time to  time for  the
         complete or partial  foreclosure  of this Indenture with respect to the
         Trust Estate securing the Notes; and

                  (d) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the Uniform
         Commercial  Code and take any other  appropriate  action to protect and
         enforce  the rights and  remedies  of the Trustee or the Holders of the
         Notes hereunder;

provided,  however,  that unless a declaration of acceleration  has been made in
accordance  with Section 6.02,  the Trustee may not sell or otherwise  liquidate
the Trust Estate.

Section 6.05          Optional Preservation of Trust Estate.

         If (i) an Event of Default shall have  occurred and be  continuing  and
(ii) no Notes have been  declared  due and payable or such  declaration  and its
consequences are annulled and rescinded,  the Trustee may, and upon request from
the  Noteholders  of a  majority  in  aggregate  Note  Principal  Balance of the
Outstanding  Notes,  shall,  elect, by giving written notice of such election to
the Issuer, to take possession of and retain the Trust Estate securing the Notes
intact,  collect or cause the  collection  of the proceeds  thereof and make and
apply all  payments  and  deposits  and maintain all accounts in respect of such
Notes in accordance with the provisions of Article Eleven and Article Twelve. If
the Trustee is unable to give or is stayed from giving such notice to the Issuer
for any reason  whatsoever,  such election  shall be effective as of the time of
such determination or request,  as the case may be,  notwithstanding any failure
to give such notice,  and the Trustee shall give such notice upon the removal or
cure of such  inability  or stay (but shall have no  obligation  to effect  such
removal or cure). Any such election may be rescinded with respect to any portion
of the Trust Estate  securing the Notes remaining at the time of such rescission
by written  notice to the  Trustee  and the  Issuer  from the  Noteholders  of a
majority in aggregate Note Principal Balance of the Outstanding Notes.

Section 6.06          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

         In case there  shall be pending  Proceedings  relative to the Issuer or
any other  obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United  States Code or any
other applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver,  assignee  or trustee in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization,
liquidator,  sequestrator  or similar  official shall have been appointed for or
taken  possession  of the Issuer or its  property  or such other  obligor or its
property,  or in case of any other comparable judicial  Proceedings  relative to
the Issuer or other  obligor on the Notes,  or the  creditors or property of the
Issuer or such other obligor,  the Trustee,  regardless  whether any interest or
the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or
by declaration  or otherwise and regardless  whether the Trustee shall have made
any demand  pursuant to the  provisions of Section  6.03,  shall be entitled and
empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

                  (a) to file and prove a claim or claims  for the whole  amount
         of interest and principal  owing and unpaid in respect of each Class of
         Notes,  and to file such other  papers or documents as may be necessary
         or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee  (including any
         claim for reasonable  compensation to the Trustee and each  predecessor
         Trustee,  and their respective agents,  attorneys and counsel,  and for
         reimbursement  of  all  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred,  and  all
         advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a
         result of  negligence or bad faith) and of the  Noteholders  allowed in
         any  Proceedings  relative to the Issuer or other obligor on the Notes,
         or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor;

                  (b) unless  prohibited by applicable law and  regulations,  to
         vote on behalf of the Holders of each Class of Notes in any election of
         a  trustee  or  a  standby  trustee  in  arrangement,   reorganization,
         liquidation or other  bankruptcy or insolvency  Proceedings,  or of any
         Person performing similar functions in comparable Proceedings; and

                  (c) to  collect  and  receive  any  monies  or other  property
         payable  or  deliverable  on any such  claims,  and to  distribute  all
         amounts  received with respect to the claims of the  Noteholders and of
         the Trustee on their behalf;  and any trustee,  receiver or liquidator,
         custodian or other similar official is hereby authorized by each of the
         Noteholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the
         Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments,  to make payments
         directly  to the  Noteholders,  to pay to the Trustee  such  amounts as
         shall be sufficient to cover  reasonable  compensation  to the Trustee,
         each  predecessor  Trustee and their respective  agents,  attorneys and
         counsel,  and all other  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred,  and all
         advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor  Trustee except as a
         result of negligence or bad faith.

         Amounts  payable to the  Trustee  under this  Section  are  intended to
constitute administrative expenses.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
authorize  the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt
on  behalf  of  any  Noteholder  of  any  Class  any  plan  of   reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment or composition affecting the Notes of such Class or the
rights of any Holder thereof,  or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of
the claim of any Noteholder in any such Proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote
for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar person.

         In any  Proceedings  brought by the Trustee  (and also any  Proceedings
involving the  interpretation  of any  provision of this  Indenture to which the
Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders
of the Notes,  and it shall not be  necessary  to make any  Holders of the Notes
parties to any such Proceedings.

Section 6.07          Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.

         All rights of action and claims  under this  Indenture or the Notes may
be prosecuted  and enforced by the Trustee  without the possession of any of the
Notes or the production thereof in any Proceeding relating thereto, and any such
Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee
of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

payment of the reasonable compensation,  expenses, disbursements and advances of
the  Trustee,  its  agents  and  counsel,  be for  the  ratable  benefit  of the
Noteholders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 6.08          Application of Money Collected.

         If the Notes have been  declared due and payable  following an Event of
Default and such  declaration and its  consequences  have not been rescinded and
annulled,  any money  collected  by the  Trustee  pursuant  to this  Article  or
otherwise  and any moneys  that may then be held or  thereafter  received by the
Trustee as security  shall  (unless such money is being  applied in a accordance
with Section 6.05) be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed
by the Trustee  and,  in case of the  distribution  of the entire  amount due on
account of  principal  of, and interest on, such Notes,  upon  presentation  and
surrender thereof:

                           first: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee,
                  the Owner  Trustee and the Loss  Mitigation  Advisor,  in that
                  order;

                           second: To the payment of amounts then due and unpaid
                  on the  Outstanding  Notes for interest on the aggregate  Note
                  Principal  Balance  of each  Class  of  Notes  to the  date of
                  payment  thereof,  at the applicable  interest rates, all such
                  amounts to be paid ratably among the Notes, without preference
                  or priority of any kind;

                           third:  To the payment of the Note Principal  Balance
                  of each Class of Notes in alphabetical  order  commencing with
                  the Class A Notes  until  the Note  Principal  Balance  of the
                  respective Class has been reduced to zero; and

                           fourth:  To the payment of the remainder,  if any, to
                  the  Issuer in respect of the  Equity  Interest  or,  with the
                  consent  of the  Issuer,  any other  Person  legally  entitled
                  thereto.

Section 6.09          Limitation on Suits.

         No  Holder  of  any  Note  shall  have  any  right  to  institute   any
Proceedings,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (1)      such Holder has  previously  given written  notice to
         the Trustee of a continuing  Event of Default;

                  (2) the  Holders  of not less than 25% of the  aggregate  Note
         Principal  Balance of the  Outstanding  Notes  shall have made  written
         request to the  Trustee  to  institute  Proceedings  in respect of such
         Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

                  (3)  such  Holder  or  Holders  have  offered  to the  Trustee
         reasonable indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be
         incurred in compliance with such request;


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

                  (4)  the  Trustee  for 30  days  after  its  receipt  of  such
         notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such
         Proceeding; and

                  (5) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the Trustee during such 30-day period by the Holders of a
         majority of the Note Principal Balance of the Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders  shall have any
right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of
this  Indenture  to  affect,  disturb  or  prejudice  the  rights  of any  other
Noteholders  or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over any
other Noteholders except to the extent explicitly  provided herein or to enforce
any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the
equal and ratable benefit of all the Noteholders.

         In the event the Trustee  shall  receive  conflicting  or  inconsistent
requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders, each representing
less than a majority of the then aggregate Outstanding Note Principal Balance of
all such  Outstanding  Notes,  the Trustee in its sole  discretion may determine
what action,  if any, shall be taken,  notwithstanding  any other  provisions of
this Indenture.

Section 6.10          Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payments.

         Notwithstanding  any other provision in this  Indenture,  the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and  unconditional,  to receive
payment of interest on and  principal of such Note as such interest or principal
becomes  due and  payable  in  accordance  with the  terms  of such  Note and to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not
be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.11          Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

         If the Trustee or any  Noteholder  has  instituted  any  Proceeding  to
enforce any right or remedy under this  Indenture and such  Proceeding  has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason,  or has been  determined  adversely to
the Trustee or to such Noteholder,  then and in every such case the Issuer,  the
Trustee  and  the  Noteholder  shall,  subject  to  any  determination  in  such
Proceeding,  be restored  severally and  respectively to their former  positions
hereunder,  and  thereafter  all  rights and  remedies  of the  Trustee  and the
Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.12          Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

         No right or remedy herein  conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or
to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and
in addition to every other right and remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any
right or remedy  hereunder,  or  otherwise,  shall not  prevent  the  concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.


                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>

Section 6.13          Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

         No delay or omission of the  Trustee or of any  Noteholder  to exercise
any right or remedy  accruing  upon any Event of Default  shall  impair any such
right or  remedy  or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Event of  Default  or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to
the Trustee or to the  Noteholders  may be exercised  from time to time,  and as
often as may be deemed expedient,  by the Trustee or by the Noteholders,  as the
case may be.

Section 6.14          Control by Noteholders.

         The Holders of a majority of the Note  Principal  Balance of all of the
Outstanding  Notes shall have the right,  subject to Section 7.03(e) hereof,  to
direct the time,  method and place of conducting  any  Proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee with  respect to the Notes or  exercising  any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

                  (1) such  direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this  Indenture; and

                  (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
         Trustee  that  is  not  inconsistent  with  such  direction;  provided,
         however,  that,  subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee need not take any
         action that it determines  might involve it in liability or be unjustly
         prejudicial to the Noteholders not consenting.

Section 6.15          Waiver of Past Defaults.

         The Holders of a majority of the Note  Principal  Balance of all of the
Outstanding  Notes may waive any past  Default  and its  consequences,  except a
Default in the payment of interest on or  principal  of Notes unless an election
to act in  accordance  with the  provisions of Section 6.05 shall have been made
and not been rescinded.

         Upon any such waiver,  such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of  Default  arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured,  for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.16          Undertaking for Costs.

         All  parties  to this  Indenture  agree,  and each  Noteholder,  by its
acceptance of a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed,  that any court may in its
discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
this  Indenture,  or in any suit  against  the  Trustee  for any  action  taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Trustee,  the filing by any party  litigant in such
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in
its discretion assess reasonable costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees,
against  any party  litigant  in such suit,  having due regard to the merits and
good  faith of the  claims or  defenses  made by such  party  litigant;  but the
provisions  of this  Section  shall  not  apply  to any suit  instituted  by the
Trustee,  to any suit  instituted by any  Noteholder,  or group of  Noteholders,
holding  in the  aggregate  more  than  10% in  Note  Principal  Balance  of the
Outstanding  Notes  or  to  any  suit  instituted  by  any  Noteholder  for  the


                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>

enforcement  of the payment of interest on or principal of any Notes on or after
the Stated Maturity expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on or
after the applicable Redemption Date).

Section 6.17          Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws; Non-Petition.

         Each Holder of a Note shall be deemed to have agreed, by its acceptance
thereof,  to refrain  from filing,  or from  joining in filing,  any petition in
bankruptcy or commencing  any similar  proceeding in respect of the Issuer for a
period of one year and one day following the payment in full of such Note.

         The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage  of, any stay or extension  law wherever  enacted,
now or at any time  hereafter  in force,  which may affect the  covenants or the
performance  of this  Indenture;  and the  Issuer  (to  the  extent  that it may
lawfully do so) hereby  expressly  waives all benefit or  advantage  of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 6.18          Sale of Trust Estate.

         (a) The power to effect  any sale of any  portion  of the Trust  Estate
pursuant to Section 6.04 shall not be exhausted by any one or more sales (each a
"Sale")  as to any  portion  of such  Trust  Estate  remaining  unsold but shall
continue  unimpaired  until the entire  Trust Estate shall have been sold or all
amounts payable on the Notes and under this Indenture with respect thereto shall
have been paid.  The Trustee may from time to time  postpone  any Sale by public
announcement  made at the  time and  place  of such  Sale.  The  Trustee  hereby
expressly  waives its right to any amount fixed by law as  compensation  for any
Sale.

         (b) The Trustee may bid for and acquire any portion of the Trust Estate
in  connection  with a  public  sale  thereof,  and  may  pay all or part of the
purchase price by crediting  against amounts owing on the Notes or other amounts
secured by this  Indenture  all or part of the net  proceeds  of such Sale after
deducting the costs,  charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection
with such Sale, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.07 hereof. The Notes
need not be produced in order to complete any such Sale, or in order for the net
proceeds of such Sale to be credited  against  amounts  owing on the Notes.  The
Trustee may hold, lease, operate,  manage or otherwise deal with any property so
acquired in any manner permitted by law.

         (c) The Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate  instrument of
conveyance  transferring  its  interest  in any  portion of the Trust  Estate in
connection with a Sale thereof.  In addition,  the Trustee is hereby irrevocably
appointed  the agent and  attorney-in-fact  of the Issuer to transfer and convey
its  interest  in any  portion  of the Trust  Estate in  connection  with a Sale
thereof and to take all action  necessary  to effect such Sale.  No purchaser or
transferee at such a Sale shall be bound to ascertain  the Trustee's  authority,
inquire  into  the  satisfaction  of  any  conditions  precedent  or  see to the
application of any monies.


                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>

Section 6.19          Action on Notes.

         The Trustee's right to seek and recover  judgment on the Notes or under
this  Indenture  shall  not  be  affected  by the  seeking  or  obtaining  of or
application  for any  other  relief  under or with  respect  to this  Indenture.
Neither the lien of this  Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or
the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Trustee
against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution  under such judgment upon any
portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.

Section 6.20          Recourse.

         In the event of a Default on the Notes,  the Noteholders  shall have no
recourse to (i) the Trustee,  (ii) the Owner Trustee,  (iii) Bear Stearns,  (iv)
the Loss  Mitigation  Advisor,  (v) AIC,  (vi) the SPE or (vii) any owner of the
trust certificates  representing a beneficial  ownership interest in the Issuer,
or any of their respective shareholders,  directors, officers, employees, agents
or representatives.


                                  ARTICLE SEVEN


                            ARTICLE SEVEN THE TRUSTEE


Section 7.01          Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

         The duties and  responsibilities  of the  Trustee  shall be as provided
herein. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of a Default
or an Event of Default unless a Trustee Officer has actual knowledge  thereof or
unless  written notice of any event which is a Default or an Event of Default is
received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references
the Notes or the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder,
or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers,  if it shall have  reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not  reasonably  assured to it.  Whether or not herein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
or affecting  the  liability of or affording  protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01.

         (a) Prior to any Default,  the Trustee  shall not be liable  except for
the performance of such duties as are  specifically set forth in this Indenture.
In connection  therewith,  the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
the statements  and the  correctness of the opinions  expressed  herein,  in the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee,  upon  certificates or opinions
conforming to the requirements of this Indenture;  provided,  however,  that the
Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
such papers conform to the requirement of this Indenture.


                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

         (b) Upon any Default,  the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this  Indenture  with the  degree of care and skill as a prudent
person would exercise or use under the same  circumstances in the conduct of his
own affairs.

         (c) The Trustee  shall not be relieved  from  liability  hereunder  for
negligent action, for negligent failure to act, or willful misconduct; provided,
however, that

                  (1) the Trustee's  standard of care  shall be  established  by
         Sections 7.01 (a) and 7.01 (b) herein;

                  (2) the Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by one or more Trustee Officers,  unless it shall be
         proved that the Trustee was  negligent in  ascertaining  the  pertinent
         facts; and

                  (3) the  Trustee  shall not be liable for any action  taken or
         omitted  to be  taken  by it in  good  faith  and  in  accordance  with
         direction  of  Noteholders  of not  less  than a  majority  of the Note
         Principal Balance of all of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time,
         method and place for conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available
         to the  Trustee,  or  exercising  any trust or power  conferred  on the
         Trustee under this Indenture.

Section 7.02          Notice of Default.

         Upon the  occurrence of a Default  hereunder  known to the Trustee with
respect to the Notes,  the  Trustee  shall  give  notice of such  Default to the
Noteholders within ninety days after the occurrence thereof; provided,  however,
that, except in the case of a default in the payment of interest on or principal
of the Notes,  the Trustee shall be protected in withholding  such notice if and
so long as Trustee officers in good faith determine that the withholding of such
notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

Section 7.03          Certain Rights of Trustee.

         Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

         (a)      the  Trustee  may rely and  shall be  protected  in  acting or
                  refraining  from  acting  upon  any  resolution,  certificate,
                  statement,   instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,
                  direction,  consent,  order,  bond,  note or  other  paper  or
                  document  believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
                  or presented by the proper party or parties;

         (b)      any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned  herein shall
                  be  sufficiently  evidenced by an Issuer Order;

         (c)      whenever in the  administration  of this Indenture the Trustee
                  shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
                  prior to taking,  suffering or omitting any action  hereunder,
                  the Trustee  (unless  other  evidence  be herein  specifically


                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>

                  prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely
                  upon an Officer's Certificate;

         (d)      as a  condition  to the taking,  suffering  or omitting of any
                  action by it hereunder,  the Trustee may consult with counsel,
                  and the  written  advice of such  counsel  or any  Opinion  of
                  Counsel   shall  be  full  and  complete   authorization   and
                  protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
                  by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

         (e)      the Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to exercise any of
                  the  rights or powers  vested  in it by this  Indenture  or to
                  honor  the  request  or  direction  of any of the  Noteholders
                  pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have
                  offered  to  the  Trustee  reasonable  security  or  indemnity
                  against  the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  that might be
                  incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

        (f)       the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation  into
                  the facts or matters  stated in any  resolution,  certificate,
                  statement,   instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,
                  direction,  consent,  order,  bond,  note or  other  paper  or
                  document,  but the Trustee,  in its discretion,  may make such
                  further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as
                  it may see fit,  and, if the Trustee  shall  determine to make
                  such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to
                  examine  the  books,  records  and  premises  of  the  Issuer,
                  personally  or by agent or attorney  upon  reasonable  advance
                  written notice,  with such  examination to be conducted during
                  the Issuer's  normal  business hours and in a manner that does
                  not  unreasonably  interfere with the Issuer's  conduct of its
                  affairs and the Trustee's costs of any such examination  shall
                  be  borne  by the  Trustee  or,  if  requested  by one or more
                  Noteholders,  then by the  Noteholder(s)  requesting that such
                  examination be made;

         (g)      the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers  hereunder
                  or  perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or
                  through  agents or  attorneys,  and the  Trustee  shall not be
                  responsible  for any  misconduct  or negligence on the part of
                  any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

         (h)      prior to the  occurrence of an Event of Default  hereunder and
                  after the curing or waiver of such  Event of  Default  (or the
                  rescission   of  the  exercise  of  any  remedies   consequent
                  thereon),  the duties and  obligations of the Trustee shall be
                  determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture,
                  the Trustee shall not be liable except for the  performance of
                  such duties and obligations as are  specifically  set forth in
                  this Indenture and no implied  covenants or obligations  shall
                  be read into the Indenture against the Trustee; and

        (i)       the Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility  for any
                  actions or omissions to act of the Issuer or any other Person.


                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>

Section 7.04          Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.

         The recitals contained herein and in the Notes,  except the certificate
of  authentication,  shall be taken as the  statements  of the  Issuer,  and the
Trustee assumes no responsibility  for their  correctness.  The Trustee makes no
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, of the Trust
Estate or of the Notes.  The  Trustee  shall not be  accountable  for the use or
application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 7.05          May Hold Notes.

         The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of
the Issuer,  in its  individual or any other  capacity,  may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.07 and 7.12, may otherwise deal with
the Issuer  with the same  rights it would have if it were not  Trustee,  Paying
Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

Section 7.06          Money Held in Trust.

         Money held by the  Trustee in trust  hereunder  need not be  segregated
from other  funds held by the  Trustee in trust  hereunder  except to the extent
required  herein or required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for
interest on any money received by it hereunder  except as otherwise  agreed upon
by the Issuer  and  except to the extent of income or other gain on  investments
that  are  deposits  in or  certificates  of  deposit  of  the  Trustee,  in its
commercial  capacity,  and income or other gain actually received by the Trustee
on Eligible Investments.

Section 7.07          Compensation and Reimbursement.

         The Issuer agrees:

                  (1) On each Payment  Date,  the Trustee shall be entitled to a
         monthly fee equal to the product of 1/12th  times  0.175% of the sum of
         the  aggregate  Outstanding  Note  Principal  Balances plus the Imputed
         Principal  Balance  of the Equity  Interest,  as  compensation  for its
         services during the related period (the "Trustee's Fee").

                  (2) To  indemnify  the Trustee and its agents for, and to hold
         it harmless  against,  any loss,  liability or expense incurred without
         negligence  or bad faith on its part,  arising out of or in  connection
         with the  acceptance  or  administration  of this trust,  including the
         costs and expenses of defending  itself  against any claim or liability
         in connection  with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
         duties hereunder.

         The  Trustee  hereby  agrees not to cause the  filing of a petition  or
otherwise institute any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceeding or other Proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy
or similar law  against  the Issuer  until at least 91 days after the payment in
full of all Notes issued under this  Indenture.  The  provisions of this Section
7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the termination
of this Indenture.


                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

Section 7.08          Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

         (a) No  resignation  or removal of the Trustee and no  appointment of a
successor  Trustee  pursuant to this Article  shall become  effective  until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 7.09.

         (b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving  written notice of its
resignation to the Issuer. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee
shall not have been  delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of
such notice of  resignation,  the  resigning  Trustee may  petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (c) The  Trustee  may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
majority of Note Principal  Balance of all of the Outstanding Notes delivered to
the  Trustee  and to the  Issuer.  The  Trustee  may be removed for cause by the
Issuer  provided that the Issuer receives  confirmation  that the appointment of
the successor Trustee will not result in the lowering of the rating of any Class
of Notes by the Rating Agency.

         (d) If at any time the Trustee  shall  become  incapable of acting with
respect to the Notes or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or  insolvent or a receiver
or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public
officer  shall  take  charge or control of the  Trustee  or of its  property  or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the
Issuer may remove the Trustee,  or,  subject to Section 6.16, any Noteholder who
has been a bona fide  Holder of a Note of any Class for at least six months may,
on behalf of himself and all others  similarly  situated,  petition any court of
competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

         (e) If the Trustee  shall  resign,  be removed or become  incapable  of
acting,  or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee for any cause,
the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after
such resignation,  removal or incapability or the occurrence of such vacancy,  a
successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority of Note
Principal Balance of all Notes then Outstanding  delivered to the Issuer and the
retiring Trustee,  the successor Trustee so appointed shall,  forthwith upon its
acceptance of such  appointment,  become the successor Trustee and supersede the
successor  Trustee  appointed by the Issuer.  If no successor Trustee shall have
been so  appointed  by the Issuer or the  Noteholders  and shall  have  accepted
appointment in the manner hereinbefore  provided,  any Noteholder who has been a
bona fide  Holder of a Note of any Class for at least six months  may, on behalf
of himself and all others  similarly  situated,  petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (f) The Issuer shall give notice of each  resignation  and each removal
of the Trustee and each  appointment of a successor  Trustee by mailing  written
notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of the
Notes as their  names and  addresses  appear in the Note  Register.  Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate
Trust Office. A copy of any such notice shall be sent to the Rating Agency.


                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>

Section 7.09          Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

         Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute,  acknowledge
and deliver to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee an instrument  accepting such
appointment,  and thereupon the  resignation or removal of the retiring  Trustee
shall become  effective,  and such successor  Trustee,  without any further act,
deed or  conveyance,  shall become vested with all the rights,  powers,  trusts,
duties and obligations of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or
the successor Trustee,  such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges
then unpaid,  execute and deliver an instrument  transferring  to such successor
Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly
assign,  transfer and deliver to such  successor  Trustee all property and money
held by such  retiring  Trustee  hereunder.  Upon request of any such  successor
Trustee,  the Issuer shall  execute any and all  instruments  for more fully and
certainly  vesting in and confirming to such successor  Trustee all such rights,
powers and trusts.

Section 7.10         Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
                     of Trustee.

         Any  corporation  into which the Trustee may be merged or  converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the  Trustee  hereunder,
provided such corporation  shall be otherwise  qualified and eligible under this
Article,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties  hereto.  In case any Notes have been  authenticated,
but not  delivered,  by the Trustee  then in office,  any  successor  by merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to such  authenticating  Trustee  may adopt  such
authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if
such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 7.11          Corporate Trustee Required, (Trustee) Eligibility

         There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall (a) (i) be a
corporation  organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any State,  authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
powers,  having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000,  or (ii)
be a member of a bank holding system,  having a combined  capital and surplus of
at least  $50,000,000.  If such  corporation  publishes  reports of condition at
least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements  of a  supervising  or
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital
and surplus of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at
any  time  the  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Section,  it shall resign  immediately in the manner and with
the affect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 7.12          Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.

         If the  Trustee  shall  be or  shall  become a  creditor,  directly  or
indirectly,  secured or unsecured,  of the Issuer within three months prior to a
Default,  then,  unless and until such Default shall be cured, the Trustee shall


                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>

set  apart  and  hold in a  special  account  for the  benefit  of the  Trustee,
individually,  and  the  Holders  of the  Notes,  all  proceeds  of  the  Pooled
Certificates.

Section 7.13          Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees.

         At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements
of any  jurisdiction  in which any item of the Trust  Estate  may at the time be
located,  the Issuer and the Trustee shall have power to appoint,  and, upon the
written  request  of the  Trustee or of the  Holders  of a majority  of the Note
Principal  Balances of all of the Outstanding  Notes,  the Issuer shall for such
purpose join with the Trustee in the execution,  delivery and performance of all
instruments  and  agreements  necessary or proper to appoint one or more Persons
approved by the Trustee either to act as  co-trustee,  jointly with the Trustee,
of all or any part of the Trust  Estate,  or to act as  separate  trustee of any
such  property,  in  either  case with such  powers  as may be  provided  in the
instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity
aforesaid,  any property,  title,  right or power deemed necessary or desirable,
subject to the other provisions of this Section.  If the Issuer does not join in
such  appointment  within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request to do so,
or in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee alone
shall have power to make such  appointment.  The reasonable fees and expenses of
any such co-trustee or separate trustee shall be paid by the Trust Estate.

         Should  any  written  instrument  from the  Issuer be  required  by any
co-trustee or separate  trustee so appointed  for more fully  confirming to such
co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all
such instruments shall, on request,  be executed,  acknowledged and delivered by
the Issuer.

Section 7.14          Paying Agents.

         Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying  Agents,  the Trustee
will, on or before each Payment Date or Redemption Date,  deposit with each such
Paying  Agent cash,  Certificates  of Deposit or a letter of credit in an amount
sufficient  to pay the  principal  so becoming due (to the extent funds are then
available  for such  purposes),  such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of
the Persons entitled to such principal, and the Trustee will promptly notify the
Issuer of its action or failure so to act.


                                  ARTICLE EIGHT


                                NOTEHOLDERS' LIST


Section 8.01          Issuer  to   Furnish  Trustee   Names   and  Addresses  of
                      Noteholders.

         The  Issuer  will  furnish  or cause  to be  furnished  to the  Trustee
monthly,  not more than eight days after each Record Date, a list,  in such form
as the  Trustee  may  reasonably  require,  of the names and  addresses  of each
Noteholder of each Class of Notes as they appear on the Note Register as of such
Record  Date,  and at such other  times as the  Trustee  may request in writing,
within  30 days  after  receipt  by the  Issuer of any such  request,  a list of


                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>

similar  form and  content  as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time
such list is furnished;  provided,  however,  that for so long as the Trustee is
the Note  Registrar,  no such list  shall be  required  to be  furnished  to the
Trustee, and the Trustee shall furnish such list to the Issuer upon the Issuer's
written  request,  within  30 days  after  receipt  by the  Trustee  of any such
request.

Section 8.02         Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.

         The  Trustee  shall  preserve,  in as  current a form as is  reasonably
practicable,  the names and addresses of the  Noteholders of each Class of Notes
contained  in the most  recent  list  furnished  to the  Trustee as  provided in
Section 8.01 or  maintained  by the Trustee as Note  Registrar.  The Trustee may
destroy any list  furnished  to it as provided in Section 8.01 upon receipt of a
new list so furnished.

Section 8.03          Reports by Tax Administrator.

         Financial Asset Management LLC will act as tax administrator  (together
with any permitted  successors or assignees,  the "Tax  Administrator")  for the
Notes.  The Tax  Administrator  shall  deliver a written  report to each  record
holder  of any  Class of Notes  and,  if  applicable,  to the  Internal  Revenue
Service, at least annually and otherwise as required by statute,  regulation, or
administrative  ruling,  reporting (i) original issue  discount  accrued on each
Class of Notes  during the  relevant  period and (ii)  information  necessary to
permit each  Holder to compute the accrual of any market  discount on such Class
of Notes, and (iii) any other information necessary to enable the Noteholders to
report all other information regarding each Class of Notes that such Noteholders
are required to report to the Internal  Revenue Service by statute,  regulation,
or administrative ruling. In addition, the Tax Administrator shall report to any
Noteholder in writing any other tax accounting  information reasonably requested
by such Noteholder to enable it to prepare its federal tax returns.  The Trustee
shall  cooperate  with  the Tax  Administrator  by  supplying  it with a list of
Noteholders,  federal tax  identification  numbers and their addresses (based on
the Note Register) as requested by the Tax Administrator,  and by sending copies
of all Note  Remittance  Reports  and  Aggregate  Collateral  Reports to the Tax
Administrator,  in each case to the address most  recently  furnished by the Tax
Administrator  to the Trustee.  Financial  Asset  Management  LLC serving as Tax
Administrator will be permitted to delegate its duties as Tax Administrator to a
third party with the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Trustee,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  The Tax Administrator  will report
original  issue  discount on the Notes under  Section  1272(a)(6) of the Code by
using a prepayment  assumption of 200% PSA, which prepayment  assumption assumes
no Realized Losses. The Tax Administrator shall send a copy to the Issuer of any
reports it delivers to a Noteholder pursuant to this Section 8.03(b). The Issuer
agrees to report  original  issue  discount  on each  Class of Notes on the same
basis as determined by the Tax Administrator. In the event the Tax Administrator
resigns or is removed for any reason, AIC shall procure a successor and shall be
responsible for any compensation paid thereto.


                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                               COVENANTS OF ISSUER

Section 9.01          Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Issuer will  maintain an office or agency  within the United States
of America where any Class of Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment,
where any Class of Notes may be  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer or
exchange  and where  notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of any
Class of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially
designates  the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency.
The Issuer will give prompt written  notice to the Trustee of the location,  and
of any change in the location,  of any such office or agency. If at any time the
Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish
the Trustee with the address thereof,  such presentations,  surrenders,  notices
and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office,  and the Issuer
hereby  appoints  the  Trustee  at its  Corporate  Trust  Office as its agent to
receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

Section 9.02          Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 6.05, if applicable, if the Issuer
shall at any time act as its own  Paying  Agent,  it  will,  on or  before  each
Payment Date or Redemption Date,  segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of
the Persons  entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and interest
so  becoming  due until  such sums shall be paid to such  Persons  or  otherwise
disposed  of as herein  provided,  and will  promptly  notify the Trustee of its
action or failure so to act.

         The Issuer will cause each Paying  Agent,  other than the  Trustee,  to
execute  and  deliver to the Trustee an  instrument  in which such Paying  Agent
shall agree with the Trustee,  subject to the  provisions of this Section,  that
such Paying Agent will:

                  (1) hold  all  sums  held by it for the  payment  of  interest
         and/or  principal  due on each  Class of the  Notes  in  trust  for the
         benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto until such sums shall be paid
         to such  Persons or  otherwise  disposed of as herein  provided and pay
         such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

                  (2) give the Trustee notice of any Default  in the  making  of
         any  required  payment  of principal; and

                  (3) at any time during the  continuance  of any such  Default,
         upon the written  request of the Trustee,  forthwith pay to the Trustee
         all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

         The  Issuer  may  at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  pay, or
by Issuer  Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Issuer or such  Paying  Agent,  such sums to be held by the Trustee


                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>

upon the same  trusts as those  upon  which such sums were held by the Issuer or
such Paying  Agent;  and,  upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such Paying Agent shall be released from all further  liability  with respect to
such money.

         Any money  deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of interest or principal due on any Note
of any Class and  remaining  unclaimed  for two years  after  such  interest  or
principal  has  become  due and  payable  shall be paid to the  Issuer on Issuer
Request,  or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be  discharged  from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter,  as an unsecured general creditor,
look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or
such  Paying  Agent with  respect to such trust money (but only to the extent of
the amounts so paid to the Issuer),  and all  liability of the Issuer as trustee
thereof,  shall thereupon  cease;  provided,  however,  that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, before being required to make any such release of payment,  may at
the expense of the Issuer cause to be published  once, in a newspaper  published
in the English  language,  customarily  published  on each  Business  Day and of
general circulation in New York, New York and in the city in which the Corporate
Trust  Office is located,  notice that such money  remains  unclaimed  and that,
after a date  specified  therein,  which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such  publication,  any unclaimed  balance of such money then  remaining
will be repaid to the Issuer.  The  Trustee  may also adopt and  employ,  at the
expense  of the  Issuer,  any other  reasonable  means of  notification  of such
release  of payment  (including,  but not  limited  to,  mailing  notice of such
release to Holders  whose Notes have been  called but have not been  surrendered
for  redemption  or whose right to or interest in monies due and payable but not
claimed  is  determinable  from the  records of any  Paying  Agent,  at the last
address of record of each such Holder).

Section 9.03          Existence.

         (a) The  Issuer  will keep in full  effect  its  existence,  rights and
franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         (b) Subject to Sections  9.03 (c) and (d), the Owner  Trustee will keep
in full effect its existence,  rights and franchises as a corporation  under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof.

         (c) Any  corporation  into  which the Owner  Trustee  hereunder  may be
merged or with which it may be consolidated  or any  corporation  resulting from
any merger or  consolidation  to which such Owner Trustee  hereunder  shall be a
party,  shall be the successor  Owner Trustee under this  Indenture  without the
execution  or filing of any paper,  instrument  or further act to be done on the
part of the parties hereto,  anything  herein,  or in any agreement  relating to
such merger or consolidation, by which any such Owner Trustee may seek to retain
certain powers,  rights and privileges  theretofore  obtaining for any period of
time following such merger or consolidation, to the contrary notwithstanding.

         (d) Any successor to the Owner Trustee appointed  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement shall be the successor Owner Trustee under this Indenture  without the
execution  or filing of any paper,  instrument  or further act to be done on the
part of the parties hereto.


                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>

         (e) Upon any  consolidation  or  merger of or other  succession  to the
Owner  Trustee in  accordance  with this Section  9.03,  the Person formed by or
surviving such  consolidation or merger (if other than the Owner Trustee) or the
Person  succeeding to the Owner  Trustee under the Trust  Agreement may exercise
every right and power of the Owner  Trustee,  on behalf of the Issuer under this
Indenture  with the same  effect as if such  Person  had been named as the Owner
Trustee herein.

Section 9.04          Protection of Trust Estate.

         The Issuer will, at its expense,  from time to time execute and deliver
all such  supplements and amendments  hereto and all such financing  statements,
continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments,
and will take such other action as may be necessary or advisable to:

                           (i) grant more  effectively all or any portion of the
                  Trust Estate;

                           (ii)  maintain or preserve the lien (and the priority
                  thereof) of this  Indenture  or to carry out more  effectively
                  the purposes hereof;

                           (iii)  perfect,  publish  notice of, or  protect  the
                  validity of Grant made by this Indenture; or

                           (iv)  preserve  and defend  title to the Trust Estate
                  and the rights therein of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes
                  of any Class against the claims of all persons and parties.

         The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact
to execute any financing statement,  continuation  statement or other instrument
required  pursuant to this  Section  9.04,  and this power of attorney  shall be
irrevocable  and  coupled  with  an  interest;   provided,  however,  that  such
designation  shall not be deemed to create a duty in the  Trustee to monitor the
compliance of the Issuer with the foregoing  covenants and provided further that
the duty of the  Trustee to execute  any  instrument  required  pursuant to this
Section 9.04 shall arise only if the Trustee has knowledge of any failure of the
Issuer to comply with the provisions of this Section 9.04.

         The  Issuer  shall  pay or  cause to be paid any  taxes  levied  on the
account of the beneficial  ownership by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer
of any Pooled Certificate.


                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>

Section 9.05          Negative Covenants.

         (a)      The Issuer will not:

                  (1) sell, transfer,  exchange or otherwise dispose of any part
          of the Trust Estate except as expressly permitted by this Indenture;

                  (2)  claim any  credit  on, or make any  deduction  from,  the
          interest  or  principal  payable  in  respect of any Class of Notes by
          reason of the payment of any taxes levied or assessed upon any part of
          the Trust Estate;

                  (3) amend its Trust Agreement  without first receiving written
          assurance from the Rating Agency that its then rating  assigned to any
          Class of Notes will not be withdrawn or downgraded as a result of such
          amendment;

                  (4) have any employees or own or lease any real property other
          than property described in Section 9.08 hereof.

Section 9.06          Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain  Terms; Sale
                      of Collateral Subject to Notes.

         (a) The Issuer  shall not  consolidate  or merge with or into any other
Person or convey or  transfer  its  properties  and assets  substantially  as an
entirety to any Person unless:

                  (1) the  Person  (if  other  than  the  Issuer)  formed  by or
          surviving such  consolidation or merger or that acquires by conveyance
          or transfer the properties and assets of the Issuer  substantially  as
          an entirety  shall  expressly  assume,  by an  indenture  supplemental
          hereto,  executed and  delivered to the Trustee,  the due and punctual
          payment of all interest and  principal due on all Classes of Notes and
          the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the
          Issuer to be performed or observed;

                  (2) immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
          Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (3)  the  Issuer  shall  have  delivered  to  the  Trustee  an
          Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
          consolidation,  merger,  conveyance or transfer and such  supplemental
          indenture  comply with this Article and that all conditions  precedent
          in this Article  provided for relating to such  transaction  have been
          complied with;

                  (4) the Rating  Agency  has  confirmed  in  writing  that such
          merger, consolidation or transfer will not result in the withdrawal or
          downgrading  of the rating it has then assigned to any Class of Notes;
          and

                  (5)  the  interest  that  the   transferee   acquires  in  any
          properties  or  assets  that are  pledged  to secure  the Notes  shall
          expressly  be  made  subject  and  subordinate  to the  rights  of the
          Noteholders and the Trustee.


                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>

         (b) The Issuer may sell the  Collateral to another person only on terms
that  clearly  reflect  that the  Collateral  has been pledged to the Trustee to
secure the Notes;  provided that the Rating Agency confirms in writing that such
sale will not result in any  downgrading or withdrawal of its then rating of any
Class of Notes.

Section 9.07          Successor Substituted2.

         Upon any  consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the
properties and assets of the Issuer  substantially  as an entirety in accordance
with Section  9.06,  the Person  formed by or surviving  such  consolidation  or
merger (if other than the  Issuer)  or the  Person to which such  conveyance  or
transfer is made shall  succeed to, and be  substituted  for,  and may  exercise
every right and power of, the Issuer under this  Indenture  with the same effect
as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.  In the event of any such
conveyance or transfer,  the Person named as the "Issuer" in the first paragraph
of this instrument or any successor that shall  theretofore  have become such in
the manner prescribed in this Article may be dissolved,  wound-up and liquidated
at any time  thereafter,  and such Person  thereafter shall be released from its
liabilities  as obligor  and maker on all of the Notes and from its  obligations
under this Indenture.

Section 9.08          No Other Business.

         The Issuer  shall not  engage in any  business  other  than  acquiring,
pledging,  holding,  and disposing of mortgages and mortgage related securities,
or interests  therein,  issuing  interests  therein,  issuing  debt  obligations
secured thereby,  and engaging in all acts necessary or incidental to any of the
foregoing.  The Issuer shall  notify the Rating  Agency when it intends to issue
securities  other than the Notes pursuant to this Section 9.08, and the Issuer's
right to issue any additional securities shall be subject to Section 9.09.

Section 9.09          Limitation on Borrowing.

         The Issuer  shall not incur any  indebtedness  other  than  obligations
described  in Sections  3.10 or 9.08  hereof or  elsewhere  herein and  expenses
incidental  thereto.  In  particular,  the Issuer shall not  guarantee or become
obligated for the debts of any Person or hold out its credit as being  available
to satisfy the  obligations  of any Person,  shall not pledge its assets for the
benefit of any Person or make any loans or advances to any Person, and shall not
acquire  direct  obligations or securities of its  Affiliates.  The Issuer shall
notify the Rating  Agency when it intends to incur an  indebtedness  pursuant to
this Section 9.09.  The Issuer shall not issue any new  indebtedness  secured by
the  Collateral,  and  shall not incur  any  indebtedness  other  than the Notes
without (i)  receiving  written  confirmation  from the Rating  Agency that such
issuance  will not result in any  withdrawal or  downgrading  of its rating then
assigned  to any Class of Notes and (ii)  receiving  an Opinion of Counsel  that
such  issuance  will not cause the Issuer to be taxable  as a  corporation  or a
taxable mortgage pool.

Section 9.10          AIC/SPE Transfer Agreement.

         Upon  discovery  by  the  Issuer  of  any  breach  by AIC of any of its
representations,  warranties and covenants under the AIC/SPE Transfer Agreement,


                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>

the Issuer shall use its best  efforts to cause AIC to correct  such breach,  or
shall  pursue such  remedies as are  provided  for such  breach,  including,  in
certain  circumstances,  requiring AIC to repurchase  from the Issuer the Pooled
Certificate  affected  by such  breach  for its  Purchase  Price.  If any Pooled
Certificate is repurchased  by AIC pursuant to the AIC/SPE  Transfer  Agreement,
the Issuer shall cause the Purchase Price therefor to be paid to the Trustee for
deposit into the Payment Account,  and, upon receipt of any such Purchase Price,
the Trustee shall treat such funds as a final payment on the repurchased  Pooled
Certificate  and shall  release  such Pooled  Certificate  from the lien of this
Indenture and shall execute any and all instruments  reasonably requested by AIC
to confirm such release to AIC.


                                   ARTICLE TEN


                         ARTICLE TEN REDEMPTION OF NOTES


Section 10.01 Redemption at the Option of the Issuer; Election to Redeem.

         The  Notes of all  Classes  shall be  redeemable  at the  option of the
Issuer,  in whole but not in part,  on any Payment  Date on or after the Payment
Date on which,  after  taking into  account  payments of principal to be made on
such Payment Date, the aggregate Outstanding Note Principal Balance of all Notes
is less than 25 % of the aggregate original Note Principal Balance of all of the
Notes issued. In addition,  the Issuer may redeem all Classes of Notes, in whole
but not in part, at any time upon a determination  by the Issuer,  based upon an
Opinion of Counsel,  that a substantial risk exists that any Class of Notes will
not be treated as evidences of indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. Any
Payment  Date on which such Notes are to be  redeemed is referred to herein as a
"Redemption Date."

         Payments of interest and  principal  due on the  Redemption  Date shall
continue  to be  payable  to the  Holders  of  each  Class  of  Notes  as of the
applicable Redemption Record Date according to their terms and the provisions of
Section 3.07. The election of the Issuer to redeem all Classes of Notes pursuant
to this  Section  10.01 shall be  evidenced  by an Issuer  Order  directing  the
Trustee  to make the  payment of the  Redemption  Price of all of the Notes from
funds in the Payment Account and/or other funds and/or monies deposited with the
Trustee by the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.04.

         The Issuer shall set the Redemption Date and the Redemption Record Date
and shall give notice thereof to the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02 and shall
prepare the notice of redemption specified in Section 10.03.

Section 10.02         Notice to Trustee.

         In the case of any  redemption  pursuant to Section  10.01,  the Issuer
shall,  at least 15 days prior to the  Redemption  Date (unless a shorter period
shall be  satisfactory  to the Trustee),  notify the Trustee of such  Redemption
Date and of the expected  principal amount of each Class of Notes to be redeemed
on such Redemption Date.


                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>

Section 10.03         Notice of Redemption by the Issuer.

         Notice  of  redemption  pursuant  to  Section  10.01  shall be given by
first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,  mailed not less than ten days prior to the
applicable  Redemption  Date to  each  Noteholder  at his  address  in the  Note
Register.

         All notices of redemption shall state:

                           (1) the Redemption Date;

                           (2) the Redemption  Price to be paid to each Class of
                  Notes  on the  Redemption  Date,  and the  fact  that,  on the
                  Redemption Date,  payment of the Redemption Price shall redeem
                  each Class of the Notes in full;

                           (3) that  payment of the  Redemption  Price  shall be
                  the final payment on each Class of  Notes; and

                           (4) the  place  where  each  Class of Notes are to be
                  surrendered for payment of the Redemption  Price,  which shall
                  be the  office  or agency of the  Issuer to be  maintained  as
                  provided in Section 9.01.

         Notice  of  redemption  of each  Class of  Notes  shall be given by the
Issuer  or,  at the  Issuer's  request,  by the  Trustee  in the name and at the
expense of the  Issuer.  Failure  to give  notice of  redemption,  or any defect
therein,  to any  Noteholder  shall not  impair or affect  the  validity  of the
redemption of any Notes of any Class.

Section 10.04         Deposit of Redemption Price.

         In the case of all  redemptions,  on or before  the  Business  Day next
preceding the giving of notice of redemption as provided in Section  10.03,  the
Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee cash,  Certificates of Deposit or a letter
of credit in an amount sufficient to provide for payment of the Redemption Price
of all of the Notes of each Class on such  Redemption Date (except to the extent
such payment is to be made from the Payment Account).

Section 10.05         Notes Payable on Redemption Date.

         Notice of  redemption  having been given as provided in Section  10.03,
each Class of Notes shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
Redemption  Price. On or after the Redemption  Date, any Class of Notes shall be
paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price; provided, however, that payments due
on a Payment  Date on or prior to the  Redemption  Date  shall be payable to the
Noteholders  of such  Notes  registered  as such on the  relevant  Record  Dates
according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

Section 10.06         Retention of Notes by Issuer.

         In the event that the Issuer effects a redemption of all Classes of the
Notes in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Article Ten, it may elect to
cause any Class of Notes to remain  Outstanding and not to terminate all Classes


                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>

of the Notes or  release  the lien of the  Indenture  with  respect to the Trust
Estate securing such Class of Notes.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  redemption  of any Notes shall be
permitted  without  retiring them unless the Issuer shall have  delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such redemption  without  retirement will not
adversely  affect the status of all  Classes of Notes,  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  as debt  instruments.  If any  Class  of Notes  is  redeemed  and not
retired, the Trustee shall not release its lien on the Trust Estate.


                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN


                       ACCOUNTS, ACCOUNTINGS AND RELEASES


Section 11.01         Collection of Money.

         Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, the Trustee may demand
payment or delivery  of, and shall  receive and  collect,  directly  and without
intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary,  all money
and other  property  payable to or  receivable  by the Trustee  pursuant to this
Indenture,  including all payments due on the Pooled  Certificates  securing the
Notes in accordance  with the terms and  conditions of the Pooled  Certificates.
The Trustee  shall hold all such money and property  received by it in trust for
the  Noteholders  and shall apply it as provided  in this  Indenture.  Except as
otherwise  expressly  provided in this  Indenture,  if any Default occurs in the
making of any payment or performance under any Pooled  Certificate  securing the
Notes,  the  Trustee  may,  and upon the request of the Holders of a majority of
Note  Principal  Balance  of the  Outstanding  Notes (as  evidenced  by the Note
Register),  subject  to  Section  7.03(e),  shall,  take  such  action as may be
appropriate to enforce such payment or  performance,  including the  institution
and  prosecution of appropriate  Proceedings.  In the event that the Trustee has
not received timely payment on the Pooled  Certificates  securing the Notes, the
Trustee  shall  immediately  notify  the  appropriate  Person of its  failure to
receive such payment.  The Trustee shall  request that such  appropriate  Person
wire such payments in immediately  available funds to the Trustee,  or take such
other  action  as the  Trustee  shall  designate  in  accordance  with  (a)  the
procedures of such appropriate Person then in effect and (b) any agreements made
by the Trustee or such Person with the Issuer regarding such Pooled Certificate.
Any such action  shall be without  prejudice  to any right to claim a Default or
Event of Default under this  Indenture and to proceed  thereafter as provided in
Article Six.

Section 11.02         Payment Account.

         The Trustee shall, prior to the Delivery Date for the Notes,  establish
the  Payment  Account,  into which the  Trustee  shall  deposit  all  Collateral
Proceeds as  received by the  Trustee;  provided,  however,  that all amounts as
provided by Section  4.01(c)  shall be deposited in such Payment  Account on the
Delivery  Date. All monies  deposited  from time to time in the Payment  Account
pursuant  to this  Indenture  shall be held by the  Trustee as part of the Trust
Estate as herein provided.


                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

         (a) All  payments  to be made from time to time by the  Trustee  to the
Noteholders out of funds in the Payment Account pursuant to this Indenture shall
be made by the Trustee as the Paying Agent of the Issuer.

         (b) Monies in the Payment Account shall be invested and reinvested, but
only in one or more Eligible Investments,  by the Trustee at its discretion. All
income or other gain from such  investments  shall be credited  to such  Payment
Account,  and,  except with respect to any losses  incurred  from  investment of
funds  deposited  on the Delivery  Date  pursuant to Section  4.01(c),  any loss
resulting  from such  investments  shall be  charged to the  Trustee.  Except as
otherwise  provided in Section  4.01(c),  income and gain from such  investments
shall be payable  monthly  to the  Trustee as  additional  compensation  for its
services as trustee.  Except with respect to investments  of funds  deposited on
the Closing  date  pursuant to Section  4.01(c),  if any loss is incurred on any
Eligible  Investments in which Payment  Account funds are invested,  the Trustee
shall deposit the amount of such loss into the Payment  Account,  out of its own
funds, promptly after the loss was incurred,  and in any event prior to the next
Payment Date.

Section 11.03         Reports by Trustee.

         The Trustee  shall timely supply to the Issuer any  information  in the
Trustee's possession that the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request in
writing with respect to the Collateral and the Payment Account.

Section 11.04         Note Remittance Reports and Related Matters.

         (a) Not later than each  Payment  Date,  the  Trustee  shall  prepare a
report (a "Note Remittance Report") that shall state the following information:

                  (1) (A) the aggregate  amount of Available Funds available for
         payment  on all  Classes of Notes and to the  Equity  Interest  on such
         Payment  Date,  (B) the amount of  interest to be paid to each Class of
         Notes, and the Note Interest Rate being paid on the Notes (based on the
         then Note Principal Balance of such Class of Notes), and (C) the amount
         of principal being paid to each Class of Notes, on such Payment Date in
         the aggregate and per $1,000 initial  aggregate Note Principal  Balance
         of Notes of each Class;

                  (2) the amount of any Realized  Losses being  charged  against
         either the Equity  Interest,  if applicable (and the remaining  Imputed
         Principal  Balance  thereof,  if any),  and/or  the then  current  Note
         Principal Balance for each affected Class or Classes of Notes;

                  (3) for each Class of Notes, a factor,  expressed as a decimal
         carried to seven  digits,  equal to the  percentage of the initial Note
         Principal  Balance  for each Class  that  remains  outstanding  on such
         Payment  Date,  after giving  effect to the payments and Realized  Loss
         charge-offs to be made on such Payment Date;

                  (4) the Note  Principal  Balance of each Class of Notes  after
         giving effect to the payments and Realized Loss  charge-offs to be made
         on such Payment Date; and


                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

                  (5) the amount of  Percentage  Cash Flow  Payments and Imputed
         Principal  Payments  otherwise due to the Equity Interest (if any) that
         are paid to the  holders  of the Notes to  provide  for the  payment of
         interest  on the Notes at a rate of 4% per annum and the  amount of the
         Percentage  Cash Flow Payment and the Imputed  Principal  Payment being
         made to the Issuer in respect of the Equity Interest.

         (b) On each  Payment  Date,  the Trustee  will  transmit by mail to the
Issuer,  Bear Stearns and each  Noteholder a copy of the related Note Remittance
Report.

         (c) As soon as reasonably  practicable following each Payment Date, and
in any event no later than seven  Business  Days after each  Payment  Date,  the
Trustee shall mail to the Issuer,  Bear Stearns,  AIC and to each  Noteholder an
"Aggregate Collateral Report" containing the following information,  based upon,
and to the extent reported in, the Certificate  Remittance  Reports  received by
the Trustee through the Certificate  Remittance Reports related to the Available
Funds for such Payment Date:

                  (1)  For  each  Outstanding   Pooled   Certificate:   (A)  the
         Certificate  Principal  Balance of such Pooled  Certificate  before and
         after the related  Certificate  Distribution Date; (B) the Pass-Through
         Rate and the Net Certificate Rate borne by such Pooled Certificate with
         respect to the related Certificate Distribution Date; (C) the amount of
         interest   distributed  on  such  Pooled  Certificate  on  the  related
         Certificate  Distribution  Date,  as well as any  amount  by which  the
         amount  of  interest   scheduled  to  be  distributed  on  such  Pooled
         Certificate on such Certificate  Distribution  Date exceeded the amount
         of interest  actually  distributed  thereon;  (D) all  Realized  Losses
         incurred on the Mortgage Loans underlying the Pooled Certificate on the
         related  Certificate  Distribution  Date, since the date of issuance of
         such Pooled  Certificate  and since March 24, 1997 (except  since March
         17, 1997 in the case of the PHH Pooled Certificates);  (E) all Realized
         Losses allocated to the Pooled  Certificate on the related  Certificate
         Distribution   Date,   since  the  date  of  issuance  of  such  Pooled
         Certificate,  and since March 24, 1997 (except  since March 17, 1997 in
         the case of the PHH Pooled Certificates);  (F) the amount and aggregate
         principal balance of Mortgage Loans underlying such Pooled  Certificate
         that were (i) more than 30 but fewer than 60 days  delinquent,  (ii) 60
         or more  but  fewer  than 90 days  delinquent,  (iii)  90 or more  days
         delinquent, (iv) in foreclosure and (v) real estate owed by the related
         Underlying  Trust, in each case, as of the end of the reporting  period
         to which the Certificate  Remittance  Report  delivered with respect to
         such Pooled Certificate as of the related Certificate Distribution Date
         relates;  (G) the  amount  of  principal  distributed  on  such  Pooled
         Certificate on the related Certificate Distribution Date; (H) the total
         amount   distributed   on  such  Pooled   Certificate  on  the  related
         Certificate Distribution Date; (I) the amount of any Pooled Certificate
         Credit  Support  remaining on such Payment Date;  and (J) the amount of
         any cumulative  interest  shortfalls on any Pooled Certificates on such
         Payment Date.

                  (2)  For  all  Mortgage  Loans  underlying  all of the  Pooled
         Certificates,   an  aggregate  statement  of  delinquency   statistics,
         reporting  all of the  information  specified in clause (1)(F) above in
         the aggregate; and


                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>

                  (3) The number and aggregate  Certificate Principal Balance of
         all of the Pooled Certificates as of the respective related Certificate
         Distribution Dates.

         (d) The  Trustee  will  transmit by mail to the Issuer upon its written
request a copy of the  Certificate  Remittance  Report  relating  to each of the
Underlying  Series  containing  Outstanding  Pooled  Certificates,  in each case
within three Business Days after the mailing of the related Aggregate Collateral
Report. The Trustee shall also provide copies of Certificate  Remittance Reports
that it has received to Bear Stearns or to a  Noteholder  upon Bear  Stearns' or
such  Noteholder's  written  request  and payment to the Trustee of its costs of
duplicating and mailing the same.

         (e) Not less than five  Business  Days after  receiving an Issuer Order
requesting  information  regarding  an  optional  redemption  of  Notes  as of a
proposed  Redemption  Date set forth in such Issuer  Order,  the  Trustee  shall
provide the following information to the Issuer:

                  (i)      the aggregate Note Principal Balances for each  Class
         of Notes as of such  proposed Redemption Date; and

                  (ii)     the  amount  in  the Payment  Account  available  for
         application  to the redemption of all Classes of Notes.

         (f) The Trustee  shall send copies of each Note  Remittance  Report and
Aggregate Collateral Report to the Rating Agency, to the address provided by the
Rating Agency to the Trustee for such purpose.

Section 11.05         Trust Estate.

         (a) The  Trustee  may,  and when  required  by the  provisions  of this
Indenture shall,  execute  instruments to release property from the lien of this
Indenture, or convey, without recourse, the Trustee's interest in the same, in a
manner and under  circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Indenture.  No party relying upon an instrument  executed by the Trustee as
provided  in this  Article  Eleven  shall be bound to  ascertain  the  Trustee's
authority,  inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions  precedent or see to
the application of any monies.

         (b) The Trustee shall,  at such time as there are no Notes of any Class
Outstanding,  and as otherwise  provided for in Section 5.01,  release the Trust
Estate from the lien of this Indenture in accordance with Article Five.


                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE


                              APPLICATION OF MONIES


Section 12.01         Disbursements of Monies from Payment Account.

         (a) Unless the Notes have been  declared  due and  payable  pursuant to
Section 6.02 and moneys collected by the Trustee are being applied in accordance
with  Section  6.08,  Available  Funds on deposit in the Payment  Account on any
Payment Date shall be withdrawn by the Trustee from the Payment Account,  in the
amounts required, for application as follows:

                           (i)  first,   from  amounts   representing   interest
                  received  on  the  Pooled   Certificates,   in  the  following
                  priority,  (A) to the Trustee,  the Trustee's  Fee, (B) to the
                  Loss Mitigation Advisor, the Loss Mitigation Advisor's Fee and
                  (C) to the Owner Trustee, the Owner Trustee's Fee;

                                second,  from  amounts   representing   interest
                  received  on the Pooled  Certificates,  subject to clause (ii)
                  below,  to the holders of each Class of Notes  interest at the
                  Note  Interest Rate and to the Issuer in respect of the Equity
                  Interest a Percentage Cash Flow Payment at the Percentage Cash
                  Flow Rate,  pro rata based on the  Outstanding  Note Principal
                  Balance of each Class of Notes and the then Imputed  Principal
                  Balance of the Equity  Interest,  to the extent that Available
                  Funds are sufficient therefor;

                                third,   to  the  Trustee  and  Owner   Trustee,
                  reimbursements  of  expenses  and  indemnifications  permitted
                  hereunder to the extent not covered by their fees; and

                                fourth,  subject  to  clause  (ii) and to clause
                  (iii) from  amounts  representing  principal  received  on the
                  Pooled  Certificates  and any  amounts  received  on the Other
                  Assets,  to the  holders of each Class of Notes and the Issuer
                  as  holder  of the  Equity  Interest  pro  rata  based  on the


                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>

                  Original Percentages until the Class Principal Balance of each
                  Class of Notes and the Imputed Principal Balance of the Equity
                  Interest have been reduced to zero.

                           (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if, with respect
                  to any Payment Date the Notes would receive interest at a rate
                  lower  than 4% per  annum,  first  the  Percentage  Cash  Flow
                  Payment  and  then  the  Imputed  Principal  Payment  will  be
                  subordinated to the extent  necessary to provide each Class of
                  Notes  with  interest  at the  rate  of 4% per  annum  on such
                  Payment Date.

                           (iii)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (A) Realized
                  Losses that are allocated to the Pooled  Certificates  and (B)
                  any  excess  of the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  over the
                  Purchase Price of a Pooled Certificate repurchased as a result
                  of a breach of  representation  of warranty  will be allocated
                  first to the Equity  Interest to reduce the Imputed  Principal
                  Balance  thereof  until  its  outstanding   Imputed  Principal
                  Balance equals zero and will be allocated thereafter to reduce
                  the  Class  Principal  Balances  of the  Classes  of  Notes in
                  reverse  alphabetical  order commencing with the Class D Notes
                  until the respective  Class  Principal  Balances  thereof have
                  been reduced to zero.

                           (iv)  On  the  Redemption  Date,  the  Trustee  shall
                  withdraw  from the  Payment  Account  an  amount  equal to the
                  aggregate  Redemption Price of the Notes and, on behalf of the
                  Issuer,  apply that amount to the  payment of such  Redemption
                  Price as provided in Article Ten.

                           (v) All  amounts  payable  to  Holders  of a Class of
                  Notes or Realized  Losses  allocated to a Class of Notes shall
                  be payable or  allocated  as the case may be among the Holders
                  of such Class pro rata based upon their respective  Percentage
                  Interests.

         (b) On each Payment Date on which funds are to be paid to the Issuer in
respect of the Equity Interest, such funds, upon payment, shall be released from
the lien of this  Indenture.  In  addition,  on the  Payment  Date on which  the
principal of and interest on the Notes and all other payments required hereunder
have been paid in full, any cash balance then  remaining in the Payment  Account
shall be withdrawn from the Payment Account by the Trustee and shall be released
from the  lien of this  Indenture  and paid by the  Trustee  to the  Issuer  for
distribution  to the holders of the Trust  Certificates  in accordance  with the
provisions of Section 5.01 of the Trust Agreement.

Section 12.02         Limited Release of Collateral.

         To the  extent  and only to the extent  required  to make any  required
Percentage Cash Flow Payments and Imputed  Principal  Payments in respect of the
Equity Interest,  pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.01 above, the Trustee
shall release its lien on the monies in the Payment  Account and make payment to
the Issuer in the amounts to which it is entitled.

Section 12.03         Trust Account.

         All monies held by or deposited with the Trustee in any fund or account
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, including the Payment Account, and
not invested in Eligible  Investments as herein provided,  shall be deposited in
one or more trust  accounts  for the benefit of the  Noteholders.  To the extent
monies  deposited  in a trust  account  exceed  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  insured  amounts,  such  account  shall  be  invested  in  Eligible
Investments pursuant to the written directions of the Issuer.


                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE THIRTEEN


                       AMENDMENTS; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES


Section 13.01         Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

         Without  the  consent of the  Holders  of the Notes of any  Class,  the
Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or
more indentures supplemental hereto, for any of the following purposes:

                  (1) to correct or amplify the  description  of any property at
         any time  subject to the lien of this  Indenture,  or better to assure,
         convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or required to
         be subjected to the lien of this  Indenture,  or to subject to the lien
         of this Indenture additional property; or

                  (2) to add  to the  conditions,  limitations  and restrictions
         on the  authorized amount, terms and purposes of  issue, authentication
         and delivery of the Notes; or

                  (3) to  evidence  the  succession  of  another Person  to  the
         Issuer,  and the  assumption by any  such successor of the covenants of
         the Issuer contained herein and in the Notes; or

                  (4) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Trustee,  for
         the  benefit of the  Holders of all Notes, or to surrender any right or
         power herein conferred upon the Issuer; or

                  (5) to  convey,  transfer,  assign,  mortgage  or  pledge  any
         property to or with the Trustee; or

                  (6) to cure any ambiguity, to amend, correct or supplement any
         provision  herein  or  in  any  supplemental   indenture  that  may  be
         defective,  ineffective or inconsistent with any other provision herein
         or in  any  supplemental  indenture,  or to  amend  or  add  any  other
         provisions  with  respect  to  matters or  questions  relating  to this
         Indenture or in any supplemental indenture,  including, but not limited
         to, any provisions necessary to achieve the intended federal income tax
         treatment of the  Noteholders  of each Class and the Issuer;  provided,
         that such  action  shall not  adversely  affect  the  interests  of the
         Holders of any Outstanding Notes of any Class; or

                  (7) to evidence and provide for the  acceptance of appointment
         hereunder  by a successor  Trustee with respect to the Notes and to add
         to or  change  any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as  shall be
         necessary to facilitate the  administration  of the trusts hereunder by
         more than one Trustee,  pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.09 or
         7.13 hereof; or

                  (8) to provide  for the  issuance  of an  additional  Class or
         Classes of Notes provided that the conditions  therefor as set forth in
         Section 3.10 hereof are satisfied.


                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>

         The Trustee is hereby  authorized  to join in the execution of any such
supplemental  indenture  and to make  any  further  appropriate  agreements  and
stipulations  that  may be  therein  contained,  but the  Trustee  shall  not be
obligated  to enter  into any  such  supplemental  indenture  that  affects  the
Trustee's own rights, duties,  liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise except to the extent required by law.

         The Trustee may in its discretion  determine  whether or not the rights
of the  Holders  of any  Class  of  Notes  would be  adversely  affected  by any
supplemental indenture,  and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the
Holders  of all Notes,  whether  theretofore  or  thereafter  authenticated  and
delivered  hereunder.  In making such  determination,  a supplemental  indenture
shall  be  conclusively  deemed  by the  Trustee  not to  adversely  affect  the
Noteholders or the  Noteholders  of a given Class if (i) the Trustee  receives a
letter or other writing from the Rating  Agency to the effect that  execution of
the  supplemental  indenture will not result in any withdrawal or downgrading of
the  then-current  rating assigned by it to any Class of Notes or the Notes of a
given Class and (ii) the supplemental  indenture  effects no change in payments,
Redemption Prices, Payment Dates, Record Dates, or terms of optional redemption.
The Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

Section 13.02         Supplemental lndentures With Consent of Noteholders.

         With the  prior  written  consent  of the  Holders  of not less  than a
majority  of the  Voting  Rights  of all  Classes  of Notes or if the  amendment
affects  less than all  Classes  of  Notes,  of the  Class or  Classes  affected
thereby,  the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into an indenture  or  indentures
supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in
any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of, this Indenture  relating to
the Notes or one or more  Classes  thereof,  or of  modifying  in any manner the
rights of the Holders of the Notes or one or more  Classes  thereof,  under this
Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without
the consent of the Holder of each  Outstanding  Note,  as  evidenced by the Note
Register, affected thereby:

                  (1) change the Stated  Maturity  of the  principal  of, or the
         timing  of any  installment  of  principal  on,  any Note,  reduce  the
         principal amount thereof or the Redemption Price or time for redemption
         with respect thereto,  change the provisions of this Indenture relating
         to the  application  of proceeds of the Trust  Estate to the payment of
         interest on or principal of the Notes,  change any place where,  or the
         coin or currency in which, any Note is payable,  or impair the right to
         institute suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after the
         Maturity  thereof  (or,  in the case of  redemption,  on or  after  the
         applicable Redemption Date); or

                  (2)  reduce the  Percentage  Interest  of the Class  Principal
         Balance of the  Outstanding  Notes of each  Class,  the  consent of the
         Holders of which is required for the execution of any such supplemental
         indenture,  or the consent of the Holders of which is required  for any
         waiver of  compliance  with  certain  provisions  of this  Indenture or
         certain Defaults hereunder and their consequences  provided for in this
         Indenture; or


                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>

                  (3) impair  or  adversely  affect  the Trust  Estate except as
         otherwise permitted herein; or

                  (4) except as expressly  provided herein,  permit the creation
         of any  lien  ranking  prior  to or on a  parity  with the lien of this
         Indenture  with respect to any part of a Trust Estate or terminate  the
         lien of this  Indenture on any  property at any time subject  hereto or
         deprive the Holder of any Note of the security  afforded by the lien of
         this Indenture; or

                  (5) change   the   definition  of  Event  of  Default  or  the
         percentage  required  to  direct  the Trustee  to sell or liquidate the
         Trust Estate pursuant to Section 6.04; or

                  (6) change any of the conditions precedent for the  redemption
         of  Notes  under  this Indenture or any supplemental indenture; or

                  (7) modify any of the  provisions  of this  Section or Section
         6.15, except to increase the Percentage Interest required to consent to
         amendments  or  to  provide  that  certain  other  provisions  of  this
         Indenture  cannot be  modified  or waived  without  the  consent of the
         Holders  of all of the  Outstanding  Classes  or all of the  Holders of
         Notes of the  affected  Class,  in each case as  evidenced  by the Note
         Register.

         The Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes of
a given  Class would be affected  by any  supplemental  indenture,  and any such
determination  shall be conclusive  upon the Holders of all Notes of such Class,
whether  theretofore or thereafter  authenticated and delivered  hereunder.  The
Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

         It shall not be  necessary  for any consent of  Noteholders  under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed  supplemental  indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 13.03         Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

         In  executing  or  accepting  the  additional  trusts  created  by  any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture,  the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and  (subject to Section  7.01) shall be fully  protected  in relying  upon,  an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized  or  permitted by this  Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated  to,  enter into any such  supplemental  indenture  that  affects  the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.04         Effect of Supplemental Indenture.

         Upon the execution of any  supplemental  indenture  under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith,  and such supplemental
indenture  shall form a part of this  Indenture for all purposes with respect to


                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>

any  affected  Series;  and every Holder of Notes of each Class  theretofore  or
thereafter   authenticated   and  delivered   hereunder  and  affected  by  such
supplemental indenture shall be bound thereby.

         Promptly  after the  execution  by the  Issuer  and the  Trustee of any
supplemental  indenture pursuant to this Article Thirteen, the Issuer shall mail
to the Holders of the Notes as their names appear on the Note  Register to which
such supplemental indenture relates, a notice setting forth in general terms the
substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such
notice, or any defect therein,  shall not, however,  in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

Section 13.05         Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.

         Notes   authenticated   and  delivered   after  the  execution  of  any
supplemental  indenture  pursuant to this  Article  may,  and if required by the
Issuer  shall,  bear a notation in form  approved by the Issuer as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer shall so determine,
new Notes so modified as to conform,  in the opinion of the Issuer,  to any such
supplemental   indenture  may  be  prepared  and  executed  by  the  Issuer  and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.


                                ARTICLE FOURTEEN


                                  MISCELLANEOUS


Section 14.01         Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

         Upon any  application  or request by the Issuer to the  Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this Indenture, upon the reasonable request of
the Trustee,  the Issuer shall  furnish to the Trustee an Officer's  Certificate
stating that all conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been complied with, except that in the case
of any  such  application  or  request  as to  which  the  furnishing  of such a
certificate is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating
to such particular  application or request, no additional certificate or opinion
need be furnished.

Section 14.02         Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

         In any case where  several  matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not  necessary  that all
such  matters  be  certified  by, or covered by the  opinion  of,  only one such
Person,  or that they be so certified or covered by only one  document,  but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion  with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any  certificate  or  opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or opinion of, or
representations  by,  counsel,  unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations


                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>

with respect to the matters upon which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based,  insofar as
it  relates  to  factual   matters,   upon  a  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representations  by, an officer or  officers  of the  Issuer,  stating  that the
information  with respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession  of the
Issuer,   unless  such  counsel  knows  that  the   certificate  or  opinion  or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

Section 14.03         Acts of Noteholders.

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  action  provided  by this  Indenture  to be given or taken by
Noteholders  of any Class or Classes may be embodied in and  evidenced by one or
more  instruments of  substantially  similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in
person or by agent duly appointed in writing;  and,  except as herein  otherwise
expressly  provided,  such action shall become effective when such instrument or
instruments  are  delivered to the Trustee,  and,  where it is hereby  expressly
required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied
therein and evidenced  thereby) are herein sometimes  referred to as the acts of
the Noteholders  signing such  instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of
any  such  instrument  or of a  writing  appointing  any  such  agent  shall  be
sufficient  for any purpose of this  Indenture  and  conclusive  in favor of the
Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  Person  of any such
instrument  or  writing  may be  proved in any  manner  that the  Trustee  deems
sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

         (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any
transferee  thereof) of every Note issued  upon the  registration  thereof or in
exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof,  in respect of anything done,  omitted or
suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or
not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

Section 14.04         Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Issuer.

         Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of  Noteholders  or other  document  provided  for or  permitted  by this
Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

                  (1) the Trustee by any  Noteholder  or by the Issuer  shall be
         sufficient  for every purpose  hereunder if made,  given,  furnished or
         filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate  Trust Office;
         or


                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>

                  (2) the Issuer by the  Trustee or by any  Noteholder  shall be
         sufficient  for every  purpose  hereunder  if in  writing  and  mailed,
         first-class   postage  prepaid,  to  the  Issuer  addressed  to  it  at
         Wilmington Trust Company,  as Owner Trustee,  1100 North Market Street,
         Rodney Square North, Wilmington,  Delaware 19890, attention:  Corporate
         Trust Administration,  with a copy to Asset Investors Corporation, 3600
         South Yosemite Street, Denver, Colorado 80237, attention: President, or
         at any other address previously  furnished in writing to the Trustee by
         the Issuer.

Section 14.05         Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.

         Where this  Indenture  provides for notice to Noteholders of any event,
such notice shall be  sufficiently  given  (unless  otherwise  herein  expressly
provided)  if in  writing  and  mailed,  first-class  postage  prepaid,  to each
Noteholder  affected  by such  event at his  address  as it  appears on the Note
Register not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date,
prescribed  for  the  giving  of  such  notice.  In any  case  where  notice  to
Noteholders is given by mail,  neither the failure to mail such notice,  nor any
defect in any notice so mailed,  to any particular  Noteholder  shall affect the
sufficiency  of such notice with  respect to other  Noteholders,  and any notice
that is mailed in the manner herein  provided shall  conclusively be presumed to
have been duly given.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person  entitled  to  receive  such  notice,  either
before or after the  event,  and such  waiver  shall be the  equivalent  of such
notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders  shall be filed with the Trustee,  but
such filing  shall not be a condition  precedent  to the  validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         In the event that, by reason of the  suspension of regular mail service
as a  result  of a  strike,  work  stoppage  or  similar  activity,  it shall be
impractical  to mail  notice of any  event to  Noteholders  when such  notice is
required  to be given  pursuant to any  provision  of this  Indenture,  then any
manner of giving such notice that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed
to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

Section 14.06         Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

         The Article and Section  headings and the Table of Contents  herein are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 14.07         Successors and Assigns.

         All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind
its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>

Section 14.08         Separability.

         In case any provision in this  Indenture or in any Class of Notes shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability
of the  remaining  provisions  shall  not in any  way be  affected  or  impaired
thereby.

Section 14.09         Benefits of Indenture.

         Nothing in this Indenture or in any Class of Notes, express or implied,
shall give to any Person,  other than the parties hereto,  and their  successors
hereunder  and the  Noteholders,  any benefit or any legal or  equitable  right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 14.10         Legal Holidays2.

         In the event that the date of any Payment  Date shall not be a Business
Day, then  notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Notes or this Indenture,
payment  need not be made on such  date  but may be made on the next  succeeding
Business  Day with the same force and effect as if made on the  nominal  date of
any such Payment Date, and no additional  interest shall be payable with respect
thereto.

Section 14.11         Governing Law.

         THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF,  APPLICABLE  TO  AGREEMENTS  MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED
THEREIN.

Section 14.12         Counterparts.

         This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,  but all such  counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.13         Corporate Obligation2.

         No  recourse  may  be  taken,  directly  or  indirectly,   against  any
incorporator,  depositor, subscriber to the capital stock, stockholder, officer,
director  or  employee  of the Issuer or the  Trustee or of any  predecessor  or
successor of the Issuer or the Trustee with respect to the Issuer's  obligations
on the  Notes  or under  this  Indenture  or any  certificate  or other  writing
delivered  in  connection  herewith or therewith  except as otherwise  expressly
provided in any such certificate or other writing.

Section 14.14         Loss Mitigation Advisor.

         (a) AIC agrees to serve as Loss Mitigation Advisor to the Trustee.  AIC
shall have the right to cause its manager,  Financial  Asset  Management LLC, to


                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>

perform on its behalf but it will not thereby be released  from its  obligations
hereunder.  To the extent certain  consents to the  continuation  of the Special
Servicing Agreements despite the transfer of the related Pooled Certificates are
received,  the Loss Mitigation Advisor will perform the activities  provided for
in the Special Servicing Agreements on behalf of the Trustee with respect to the
Mortgage  Loans  underlying the applicable  Pooled  Certificates.  To the extent
there is no applicable Special Servicing Agreement or a consent is not received,
the  Loss  Mitigation  Advisor  on a  monthly  basis  will  nonetheless  monitor
delinquency and foreclosure information otherwise available to the Trustee, both
from  monthly  reports  supplied  to it as  the  holder  of the  related  Pooled
Certificates or as reported on publicly available sources. In addition,  it will
attempt to contact applicable Servicers in order to determine the status of, and
to make suggestions with respect to procedures  relating to,  foreclosures.  For
such services, the Loss Mitigation Advisor shall be entitled to receive the Loss
Mitigation Advisor's Fee each month, in accordance with Section 12.01(a).

         (b) AIC may be removed as Loss Mitigation  Advisor at any time upon the
determination  by the Trustee  that AIC has not  performed  in  accordance  with
accepted industry standards as the Loss Mitigation Advisor;  provided that prior
to  such  removal  becoming  effective,   the  Trustee  seeks  and  obtains  the
affirmative vote of holders of each Class of Notes,  voting separately,  holding
60% of the Voting Rights of each such Class and the prior  written  confirmation
of the Rating Agency that such action will not adversely  affect its then rating
of any Class of Notes.

         (c) In  connection  with  performing  its  duties  as  Loss  Mitigation
Advisor,  AIC may not  resign  as the Loss  Mitigation  Advisor  or  assign  its
interest  in all or any  part  of the  Loss  Mitigation  Advisor's  Fee  without
obtaining  the  affirmative  vote of  Holders  of each  Class of  Notes,  voting
separately,  holding  60% of the Voting  Rights of each such Class and the prior
written  confirmation  of the Rating  Agency that such action will not adversely
affect its then rating of any Class of Notes.

Section 14.15  Special Servicing Agreements.

         The Trustee  acknowledges  for the  benefit of each  servicer or master
servicer under a Special  Servicing  Agreement to which AIC is a party and which
relates to any of the Pooled  Certificates  that it is not  entitled to exercise
any contractual  rights under those various Special Servicing  Agreements either
prior to, or, if applicable,  after any foreclosure upon the Collateral due to a
default  under the Notes,  without the  express  prior  written  consent of such
servicer or master servicer. In addition, each Holder and each Note Owner by its
acceptance  of  an  Individual  Note  or  of  an  interest  in  a  Global  Note,
acknowledges  such  limitations  on the  powers  of the  Trustee  and that it as
Noteholder  or  Note  Owner  also  has  no  entitlement  to  exercise  any  such
contractual rights.

Section 14.16  Equity Interests.

         AIC  agrees  not to  consent  to the  transfer  by the SPE of the trust
certificates   in  the  Issuer,   and,   except  in   connection   with  certain
reorganizations or restructurings of AIC in which the equity interest in the SPE


                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>

would be held by an entity  succeeding  to the rights  under  Special  Servicing
Agreements  applicable  to not less than 75% of the then  aggregate  Certificate
Principal  Balances  of the  Pooled  Certificates  to  which  Special  Servicing
Agreements  relate, AIC agrees not to transfer its equity interest in the SPE to
an entity  unaffiliated  with AIC, in each case without the affirmative  vote of
Holders of each Class of Notes,  voting separately,  holding at least 60% of the
Voting  Rights of such Class and the prior  written  confirmation  of the Rating
Agency that such action will not adversely  affect its then ratings of any Class
of the Notes.  Any transfer of the equity  interest in the SPE by AIC whether or
not a consent of Noteholders  is required in accordance  with the foregoing will
require the same written confirmation of the Rating Agency.

"Section 14.17  Limitation of Liability

         It is expressly  understood  and agreed by the parties  hereto that (a)
this  Agreement  is executed and  delivered by  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  not
individually  or personally  but solely as owner trustee of the Issuer under the
Trust  Agreement,  in the  exercise of the powers and  authority  conferred  and
vested  in it,  (b) each of the  representations,  undertakings  and  agreements
herein  made on the part of the  Issuer  is made and  intended  not as  personal
representations,  undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust Company but is
made and  intended  for the  purpose for  binding  only the Issuer,  (c) nothing
herein  contained  shall be construed as creating  any  liability on  Wilmington
Trust  Company,  individually  or  personally,  to perform any  covenant  either
expressed  or  implied  contained  herein,  all such  liability,  if any,  being
expressly  waived by the Trustee and by any Person claiming by, through or under
the Trustee and (d) under no  circumstances  shall  Wilmington  Trust Company be
personally  liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer
or be  liable  for the  breach or  failure  of any  obligation,  representation,
warranty or covenant made or  undertaken  by the Issuer under this  Indenture or
the Notes.


                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the  Trustee  have caused
this  Indenture,  dated as of  March  27,  1997,  to be duly  executed  by their
respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized all as of the 27th day of March,
1997.

                        STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST 1997-1



                        By:   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Owner Trustee
                                and not in its  individual capacity



                                  By:   /s/ Donald G. MacKelcan
                                       -------------------------------
                                       Name:   Donald G. MacKelcan
                                       Title:  Assistant Vice President


                         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                         as Trustee



                         By: /s/ James Byrnes
                             -------------------------------
                              Name: James Byrnes
                              Title:  A.V.P.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED,
with respect to Sections 14.14 and 14.16 and Section 4.01(c)
and Section 8.03

ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION


By: /s/ Leslie B. Fox
    --------------------------------
      Name:  Leslie B. Fox
      Title:  President and Chief Operating Officer

AGREED AND ACCEPTED
with respect to Section 8.03

Financial Asset Management LLC


By: /s/ Leslie B. Fox
    --------------------------------
      Name:  Leslie B. Fox
      Title:  President




                        STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST 1997-1

                              Collateralized Notes



                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                                                  March 26, 1997

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
245 Park Avenue
New York, New York  10167

Dear Sirs:

                  1. Introductory.  Structured Mortgage Trust 1997-1, a Delaware
business  trust (the  "Issuer"),  proposes,  subject to the terms and conditions
stated herein,  to sell to Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc., as initial  purchaser (the
"Initial Purchaser"),  approximately  $199,893,850 aggregate principal amount of
Collateralized  Notes (the  "Notes") in the  classes  listed on Annex I attached
hereto (each a "Class"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be
dated as of March 27, 1997 (the "Indenture") by and between the Issuer and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts  banking corporation,  as Trustee
(the "Trustee").  The Notes will be secured by and interest and principal of the
Notes  will be paid  out of the  cash  flow  (commencing  with  the  March  1997
payments) from certain subordinated  mortgage-backed  securities as set forth on
Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Collateral"). The Collateral will be transferred
from Asset Investors  Corporation,  a Maryland  corporation (the "Company"),  to
Asset Investors Secured Financing Corporation,  a Delaware corporation organized
by the Company as a special  purpose  entity (the  "SPE"),  pursuant to a Pooled
Certificate  Transfer  Agreement to be dated as of March 26, 1997 (the  "AIC/SPE
Transfer  Agreement")  and  from the SPE to the  Issuer  pursuant  to the  Trust
Agreement referred to below and subsequently, pursuant to the Indenture, pledged
by the Issuer to the Trustee to hold on behalf of the  holders of the Notes,  as
described in the Memoranda (as defined below).

                  The  Issuer  has  been  established   pursuant  to  the  Trust
Agreement (the "Trust  Agreement") dated as of March 26, 1997 among the Company,


<PAGE>

the SPE and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

                  In connection with the sale of the Notes,  the Company and the
Issuer are preparing, in consultation with the Initial Purchaser, upon execution
of this  Agreement,  a  confidential  offering  memorandum  (the  "Memorandum"),
describing,  among other  things,  the Notes.  Such  Memorandum,  including  any
revisions,  amendments or supplements thereto and any accompanying exhibits, are
herein referred to as the "Memoranda."

                  Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

                  2.  Representations,  Warranties and Agreements of the Company
and the SPE. The Company and the SPE represent and warrant jointly and severally
to and agree with the Initial Purchaser that:

                  (a) The Company and the SPE have been duly  organized  and are
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the respective states of
their  organization and the Issuer is validly existing as a business trust under
the Laws of the State of Delaware,  in each case with the power and authority to
own its respective assets and to conduct its respective  business as such assets
and as such business are presently owned or conducted,  and each of the Company,
the SPE and the Issuer, as the case may be, has or on or before the Closing Date
will have the power and  authority  to enter into and  perform  its  obligations
under this Agreement,  and those of the AIC/SPE  Transfer  Agreement,  the Trust
Agreement and the Indenture (collectively, the "Transaction Documents") to which
it is a party.

                  (b) The Company is duly  qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation,  in good  standing,  and has  obtained all  necessary  licenses and
approvals in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a potential
adverse effect on the Company's  ability to perform its  obligations  hereunder,
under the  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a party or under  the  Special
Servicing and Collateral Fund  Agreements  which relate to the Collateral and to
which  it is a  party  as  identified  on  Exhibit  B  (the  "Special  Servicing
Agreements").

                  (c)  The  Company,  the SPE and the  Issuer  have  the  power,
authority  and  legal  right to  execute  and  deliver  each of the  Transaction
Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its terms;  and the execution,


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

delivery, and performance of such Transaction Documents and all of the documents
required  pursuant thereto have been duly authorized by the Company,  the SPE or
the Issuer, as applicable, by all necessary action.

                  (d) This  Agreement  has been duly and  validly  executed  and
delivered  by the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer and, as of the Closing  Date,
the  Transaction  Documents,  when delivered by the Company,  the SPE and/or the
Issuer, as applicable, will have been duly and validly executed and delivered by
the  Company,  the SPE  and/or  the  Issuer,  as  applicable,  and in each  case
constitute  or will  constitute  legal,  valid  and  binding  agreements  of the
Company,  the SPE and/or the  Issuer,  as  applicable,  enforceable  against the
Company,  the SPE and/or the Issuer,  as  applicable,  in accordance  with their
terms,  subject,  as to the enforcement of remedies,  to applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium, receivership and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and to general  principles of equity  (regardless of
whether the enforcement of such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law)  and  subject,  in the  case  of this  Agreement,  to  public  policy
constraints regarding indemnification.

                  (e) The Notes  have been duly and  validly  authorized  by all
required action of the Issuer and,  assuming due execution,  authentication  and
delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, will be validly issued
and  outstanding  and will be  enforceable  in  accordance  with their terms and
entitled to the benefits and security provided by the Indenture  subject,  as to
the   enforcement   of   remedies,   to   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium,  receivership and similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally and to general  principles of equity (regardless of whether the
enforcement of such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
The Notes  will be in all  material  respects  in the form  contemplated  by the
Indenture. The information with respect to the Collateral set forth on Exhibit A
attached hereto is true and correct.

                  (f) Neither the execution, sale and delivery of the Notes, nor
the execution,  delivery and performance of the Company's,  the SPE's and/or the
Issuer's  obligations  under  the  Transaction  Documents  or the  Notes nor the
consummation  of  any  transactions  contemplated  by  any  of  the  Transaction
Documents or the Notes,  nor the  fulfillment of the terms thereof will conflict
with or  violate,  result  in a breach  of or  constitute  a  default  under any
organizational or other constituent document of or any statute applicable to the
Company, the SPE or the Issuer or any law, order, rule or regulation  applicable
to  the  Company,  the  SPE  or  the  Issuer  of  any  court,  regulatory  body,


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company,
the SPE or the Issuer or the terms of any indenture,  agreement,  mortgage, deed
of trust or other  agreement or instrument to which the Company,  the SPE or the
Issuer is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective  properties
are bound.

                  (g)  There  are  no  actions,  proceedings  or  investigations
pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company or the SPE, threatened,  before any
court, regulatory body,  administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of any of the Transaction Documents
or the  Notes,  (ii)  seeking  to  prevent  the  issuance  of the  Notes  or the
consummation of any of the  transactions  contemplated by any of the Transaction
Documents,  (iii) seeking any  determination or ruling that might materially and
adversely  affect the  performance by the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer of its
obligations  under, or the validity or enforceability of, any of the Transaction
Documents  or the Notes or (iv) that may  adversely  affect the Federal or state
income, excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Notes.

                  (h) The issuance of the Notes  pursuant to the  Indenture  and
the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchaser  pursuant to this Agreement,  the
compliance by the Company,  the SPE and/or the Issuer with the other  provisions
of the  Transaction  Documents and the Notes and the  consummation  of the other
transactions  herein or  therein  contemplated  do not and will  not,  under any
statute,  regulation or rule of general  applicability  or any decision,  order,
decree or judgment of any judicial or other  governmental body applicable to the
Company or the Issuer,  require the  consent,  approval,  authorization,  order,
registration or  qualification  of or with any court or  governmental  authority
except as have been obtained.

                  (i) No default  exists on the part of the Company,  the SPE or
the Issuer and no event has occurred which, with notice,  lapse of time or both,
would constitute a default on the part of the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer in
the due  performance  and  observance of any term,  covenant or condition of any
agreement to which the Company, the SPE or the Issuer is a party or by which any
of them is  bound,  which  default  is or would  be  material  to the  financial
condition,  earnings,  prospects, business or properties of the Company, the SPE
or the  Issuer  or  which  would  have an  adverse  effect  on the  transactions
contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

                  (j) The  Indenture is not  required to be qualified  under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

                  (k)  Any  taxes,  fees  and  other  governmental   charges  in
connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction  Documents and the
execution,  delivery and sale of the Notes have been or will be paid at or prior
to the Closing Date.

                  (l) The Memorandum as of its date will not, and any amendments
thereof or supplements thereto, as of their respective dates will not, and as of
the  Closing  Date the  Memorandum  as  amended or  supplemented,  if amended or
supplemented,  will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                  (m) The  Company  and the SPE  have  provided  to the  Initial
Purchaser  all  disclosure   documents  and  trustee   reports  related  to  the
Collateral,  to the extent such  disclosure  documents  and trustee  reports are
currently in the  possession  of the Company or the SPE and, upon request of the
Initial  Purchaser,  will  provide  to it  copies of any  additional  disclosure
documents  and pooling and servicing  agreements  or  indentures  related to the
Collateral.  Neither the Company nor the Issuer has any knowledge  that any such
disclosure documents or trustee reports are not true and correct in all material
respects.

                  (n) The  Indemnity  Agreements  described  in Exhibit C hereto
constitute  the only  indemnity  or similar  agreements  procured by the Company
relating to the  Collateral  which are in effect on the date hereof,  except for
two  Indemnity  Agreements  dated  August 30, 1995 and July 7, 1995  between the
Company and Morgan  Stanley & Co.  Incorporated  which,  by their terms,  is not
assignable.  With  the  foregoing  exception,  the  Company  has the  power  and
authority  to  assign  such  agreements  to the SPE,  the SPE has the  power and
authority  to  assign  them to the  Issuer  and the  Issuer  has the  power  and
authority to assign them to the Trustee.

                  (o) Each Special Servicing  Agreement is, and, to the extent a
consent  has  been  received  by the  Company,  following  the  transfer  of the
Collateral to the SPE and then to the Issuer and  thereafter  the pledge thereof
to the Trustee  will be, in full force and effect and the Company is entitled to
the benefits  thereof and will exercise the rights provided therein on behalf of
the  Trustee.  Consents  have been  received  from  Servicers  with  respect  to
approximately  72.1% of the aggregate  Certificate  Principal Balances of all of
the Pooled Certificates as of the Pooled Certificate Information Date.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

                  (p) The Notes meet the eligibility  requirements  set forth in
Rule  144A(d)(3)  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
Act").

                  (q) None of the  Company,  the SPE nor the  Issuer  nor anyone
acting on their behalf,  has offered,  transferred,  pledged,  sold or otherwise
disposed of any Note of any Class,  any interest in any Note of any Class or any
other  similar  security  of any of them to,  or  solicited  any offer to buy or
accept a transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  of any Note of any Class,  any
interest in any Note of any Class or any such other  similar  security  from, or
otherwise approached or negotiated with respect to any Note of any Class, or any
other  similar  security of the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer or of any entity
organized by the Company or the SPE, with any person in any manner,  or made any
general  solicitation by means of general advertising or in any other manner, or
taken any other action,  that would constitute a distribution of the Notes under
the Securities Act or that would render the disposition of any Note of any Class
by the Initial Purchaser in accordance  herewith a violation of Section 5 of the
Securities  Act,  or any  state  securities  law,  or  require  registration  or
qualification pursuant thereto, require qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust  Indenture Act or require  registration of the Company or the Issuer under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor will the Company, the SPE or
the Issuer act, nor have any of them  authorized  or will any of them  authorize
any person to act, in such manner with respect to any Note of any Class.

                  (r) The representations and warranties of the Company, the SPE
and the Issuer made or to be made in the Transaction  Documents will be true and
correct as of the Closing Date. Such representations and warranties are made for
the benefit of the Initial Purchaser and each such  representation  and warranty
is so incorporated herein by this reference.

                  (s) Immediately prior to the pledge to the Trustee pursuant to
the Indenture,  the Issuer will own the  Collateral  free and clear of any lien,
claim or encumbrance created by the Company, the SPE or the Issuer.

                  (t) On the Closing Date all of the trust  certificates  issued
by the Issuer will be held by the SPE and all outstanding  securities of the SPE
will be held by AIC.

                  (u) The SPE's business  purpose is limited as described in its
articles of incorporation and the SPE has one independent director.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

                  3.       Purchase, Sale, and Delivery of Notes.

                  (a)  On  the  basis  of the  representations,  warranties  and
agreements herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Issuer will sell to the Initial Purchaser,  and the Initial Purchaser
agrees to  purchase  from the  Issuer,  all of the Notes at a purchase  price at
least  equal to the sum of (i) the Minimum  Purchase  Price,  plus (ii)  accrued
interest  for the  number  of days in  March  1997 up to but not  including  the
Closing  Date  based  upon a year of 12 30-day  months,  plus  (iii) the  Issuer
Portion of any Excess Proceeds, and less (iv) the Placement and Structuring Fee.

                  For these purposes the "Minimum  Purchase Price" means the sum
of the minimum  purchase prices for each Class of Notes, as set forth on Annex I
hereto.  The  "Placement and  Structuring  Fee" means 1.8% of the sum of (i) the
Note  Principal  Balance  of all of the  Notes  and (ii) the  Imputed  Principal
Balance of the Equity Interest.  "Excess Proceeds" means the positive excess, if
any, of (A) the sum of (Y) the  products of (i) the face amounts of the Class A,
Class B and  Class C Notes  and  (ii) the  price  equivalent  of the  respective
average  yield  spread at pricing  plus (Z) the face amount of the Class D Notes
multiplied by their actual average  percentage price over (B) the sum of (Y) the
products  of (i) the face  amounts of the Class A, Class B and Class C Notes and
(ii) the price  equivalent of the yield spread for each  respective  Class (+145
bps/10  year for the Class A Notes,  +340  bps/10 year for the Class B Notes and
+725 bps/10 year for the Class C Notes,  based on the yield of the 6.25% 10-Year
Treasury Note maturing February 15, 2007 as of February 20, 1997 of 6.387%) plus
(Z) 25% of the  face  amount  of the  Class  D  Notes.  Yield  spread  shall  be
determined  for purposes of the  foregoing  assuming 175% PSA, 75% loss recovery
and 75% of the SDA curve.  The  "Issuer  Portion of Excess  Proceeds"  means one
third of any Excess Proceeds in excess of $1.6 million.

                  Certain  expenses  required to be paid by the Company pursuant
to Section 6 hereof may be netted from the amounts paid to the Issuer hereunder.
In addition,  an amount estimated to be at least sufficient to pay principal and
interest on the Notes and the Imputed  Principal Payment and the Percentage Cash
Flow  Payment on the Equity  Interest on the April 1, 1997 Payment Date shall be
deducted  from the  amounts  paid to the Issuer  hereunder  and  provided to the
Trustee for deposit on the Closing Date in the Payment Account.  For purposes of
determining the amount to be so deducted and deposited, it shall be assumed that
there are no losses on the Mortgage Loans and that  prepayments are at a rate of
225% PSA.  As  provided  in the  Indenture,  such  amounts  shall be invested in


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

Eligible  Investments.  If such funds,  including  the proceeds of such Eligible
Investments, exceed the amount required for the initial payment Date, the excess
shall be paid to the  Issuer on the  Payment  Date.  If there  are  insufficient
funds,  the Issuer shall provide any such excess.  AIC and the SPE agree to make
such contributions as may be necessary to enable therefor.

                  (b) Delivery of and payment for each such Class of Notes being
purchased  hereunder (the  "Closing")  shall be made at the offices of Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038 on March 27, 1997
or such later date as to which the Initial Purchaser and the Company shall agree
(such date and time of delivery  and payment for the Notes being  herein  called
the  "Closing  Date").  Delivery  of the  Notes  shall  be made  to the  Initial
Purchaser  through the book entry  facilities  of The  Depository  Trust Company
against  payment by the  Initial  Purchaser  of the  Purchase  Price by the wire
transfer of immediately available funds.

                  The  Notes  shall be  issued  in book  entry  form and in such
permitted  denominations as the Initial  Purchaser may request not less than two
Business Days (as defined in the  Indenture) in advance of the Closing Date. The
Company  agrees  to have  the  Notes  available  for  inspection,  checking  and
packaging by the Initial  Purchaser in New York,  New York,  not later than 2:00
p.m. on the Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

                  The parties agree the settlement of the Notes sold pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall take  place on the terms set forth  herein and not as set
forth in Rule 15c6-1(a)  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act").

                  4. Subsequent Sales by the Initial Purchaser. It is understood
that the Initial Purchaser proposes to sell the Notes to institutional investors
which meet the qualifications to be "Qualified  Institutional Buyers" as defined
in  Rule  144A  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act  and  to  institutional
Accredited  Investors as defined in Rule  5.01(a)(1)-(3)  or (7) of Regulation D
under the  Securities  Act (such  purchasers  from the Initial  Purchaser  being
referred  to as the  "Subsequent  Purchasers"  and,  together  with the  Initial
Purchaser, the "Purchasers") as set forth in the Memoranda.

                  5.  Covenants  of the  Company,  the SPE and the  Issuer.  The
Company,  the SPE and the Issuer  covenant and agree with the Initial  Purchaser
that:

                  (a) In connection  with the execution of this  Agreement,  the
         Company,  the  SPE and the  Issuer  will  cause  the  Memorandum  to be


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

         prepared  setting  forth the initial face amount of each Class of Notes
         covered  thereby  and their  terms and such  other  information  as the
         Initial Purchaser, the Company, the SPE and the Issuer deem appropriate
         in connection with the offering of the Notes.

                  (b) If at any time prior to the  completion of the sale of the
         Notes by the Initial  Purchaser,  any event occurs as a result of which
         the Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue
         statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state  any  material  fact
         necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  the  light  of  the
         circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading,  or if it
         shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Memorandum to comply with
         applicable  law, the Company  will notify the Initial  Purchaser of the
         same and the Company will  promptly  cause to be prepared and delivered
         to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 5 an
         amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or
         effect such compliance.

                  (c)  Each  of  the  Company,  the  SPE  and  the  Issuer  will
         immediately  inform the Initial  Purchaser (A) of the receipt by any of
         them of any communication  from the Securities and Exchange  Commission
         (the "SEC") or any state securities  authority  concerning the offering
         or sale of the  Notes and (B) of the  commencement  of any  lawsuit  or
         proceeding  to which  the  Company,  the SPE or the  Issuer  is a party
         relating to the offering or sale of the Notes.

                  (d) Each of the Company, the SPE and the Issuer authorizes the
         Initial  Purchaser  to deliver  to  prospective  Subsequent  Purchasers
         copies of the  Memorandum,  any  amendments  thereof or  supplements or
         exhibits  thereto,  and any  information  obtained  pursuant  hereto in
         connection with any offer or sale of the Notes by the Initial Purchaser
         in accordance  herewith.  In connection with such delivery of copies of
         the  Memoranda,  each of the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer agrees to
         furnish the Initial Purchaser,  without charge,  with as many copies of
         the Memoranda  and any  amendment or supplement  thereto as the Initial
         Purchaser may reasonably  request during the period from the first date
         of the offering of the Notes until the completion of the sale thereof.

                  (e)  The  Company,  the  SPE and the  Issuer  will  use  their
         reasonable best efforts to arrange for the  qualification of each Class
         of Notes for sale under the laws of such  jurisdictions  as the Initial
         Purchaser may designate, will maintain such qualifications in effect so


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

         long as required  for the sale of each Class of Notes and will  arrange
         for the  determination  of the  legality  of each  Class of  Notes  for
         purchase  by  institutional  investors.  The  Company,  the SPE and the
         Issuer will advise promptly the Initial Purchaser of the receipt by the
         Company,  the SPE or the Issuer of any notification with respect to the
         suspension of the  qualification  of any Class of Notes for sale in any
         jurisdiction  or the  initiation or  threatening  of any proceeding for
         such purpose.

                  (f) Until such time as the Initial  Purchaser  shall have sold
         all of the Notes  purchased by it on the Closing Date, the Company will
         make available to prospective  Subsequent  Purchasers of such Notes the
         opportunity to ask questions and receive  answers  concerning the terms
         and conditions of the offering of the Notes,  the condition  (financial
         or  otherwise)  of the Issuer  and any other  matters  relating  to the
         matters  described in the Memoranda and the  transactions  contemplated
         hereby and in obtaining any additional  information  and documents that
         the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer  possesses  or can acquire  without
         unreasonable effort or expense with respect to any of the foregoing.

                  (g) For so long as any Class of Notes is outstanding,  (1) the
         Company  will provide or cause to be provided to any holder of Notes of
         any Class and any prospective  purchaser  thereof  designated by such a
         holder, upon the request of such holder or prospective  purchaser,  the
         information ("Rule 144A  Information")  required to be provided to such
         holder or prospective purchaser by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
         Act; and (2) the Company shall update or shall cause to be updated such
         information from time to time in order to prevent such information from
         becoming  false and  misleading and will take such other actions as are
         necessary   to  ensure  that  the  safe  harbor   exemption   from  the
         registration  requirements of the Securities Act under Rule 144A is and
         will be available for resales of the Notes conducted in accordance with
         Rule 144A.

                  (h) For a period  from the date of this  Agreement  until  the
         retirement  of all  Classes of Notes,  the  Company or the Issuer  will
         deliver or cause to be  delivered to the Initial  Purchaser  the annual
         statement of compliance  and the annual  independent  certified  public
         accountants'  report  furnished  to the  Trustee  or the Owner  Trustee
         pursuant to the Transaction  Documents,  as soon as such statements and
         reports are furnished to the Trustee or the Owner Trustee.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

                  (i) So long as any Class of Notes is outstanding,  the Company
         or the Issuer  will  furnish or cause to be  furnished  to the  Initial
         Purchaser (A) as soon as practicable  after the end of the fiscal year,
         all documents  required  under the Indenture to be  distributed  to the
         holders  of each  Class  of  Notes  and (B)  from  time  to  time,  any
         information  concerning  the  Company  or the  Issuer  filed  with  any
         government  or  regulatory   authority  which  is  otherwise   publicly
         available, as the Initial Purchaser may reasonably request.

                  (j) To the  extent,  if any,  that the  ratings to be provided
         with respect to certain Classes of Notes by Moody's Investors  Service,
         Inc.  ("Moody's") are  conditional  upon the furnishing of documents or
         the taking of any other  actions,  the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer
         shall   cooperate  in  all  reasonable   respects  in  connection  with
         furnishing  such  documents and taking any such other  actions.  At the
         time any document is  delivered  by any of the Company,  the SPE or the
         Issuer to  Moody's,  a copy of such  document  shall be provided to the
         Initial Purchaser.

                  6.       Payment of Fees and Expenses.

                  The Company shall be responsible  for and shall pay all of the
third party fees and expenses under the Transaction Documents,  whether incurred
on behalf of itself,  the SPE, the Issuer or the Initial  Purchaser,  including,
without limitation:  (i) the preparation of the Transaction Documents;  (ii) the
preparation,  issuance and delivery of the Notes to the Initial Purchaser; (iii)
the fees,  disbursements and expenses of the Company's,  the SPE's, the Issuer's
and the Initial Purchaser's  counsel and accountants;  (iv) the qualification of
the Notes under state  securities  laws in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Section 5(e),  including  filing fees and the fees and  disbursements of counsel
for the Initial  Purchaser in connection  therewith  and in connection  with the
preparation of any related blue sky survey; (v) the printing and delivery to the
Initial  Purchaser of copies of the Memoranda;  (vi) any fees charged by Moody's
for the ratings of certain  Classes of the Notes;  (vii) the upfront fees of the
Trustee under the Indenture;  (viii) the upfront fees of the Owner Trustee under
the Trust Agreement;  (ix) the fees and expenses of Peabody & Arnold incurred in
connection with the transfer of the Collateral to the Trustee; (x) any recording
fees  to be  paid  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Transaction  Documents;  and (xi) any upfront fee to a Tax Administrator for the
preparation  of tax documents in connection  with the Notes  (collectively,  the
"Transaction Expenses").

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

                  7. Representations,  Warranties, and Agreements of the Initial
Purchaser.  The Initial  Purchaser  represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
the Company, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, that:

                  (a) The Initial Purchaser  understands that the Notes have not
been and will not be registered  under the  Securities  Act, in reliance upon an
exemption  therefrom,  or registered or qualified  under the securities or "Blue
Sky" laws of any state.

                  (b) This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed  and
delivered by the Initial Purchaser.

                  (c) The Initial Purchaser is a Qualified Institutional Buyer.

                  (d) The Initial  Purchaser  has  advised the Company  that the
Initial  Purchaser  is  purchasing  the Notes for its own account and  presently
intends  (but has no  obligation)  to reoffer and resell all or a portion of the
Notes at any time or from  time to time to  institutional  investors  which  are
Qualified  Institutional Buyers or Accredited  Investors.  The Initial Purchaser
agrees that it will comply with applicable laws and the transfer restrictions in
the  Indenture in offering the Notes and will not make a public  offering of any
Class of the Notes,  and that the Initial  Purchaser  will not reoffer or resell
the Notes in a manner  which would  render the issuance and sale of any Class of
the Notes,  whether or not  considered  together  with any other such resale,  a
violation of the  Securities  Act or any state  securities or "Blue Sky" laws or
require registration pursuant thereto.

                  8. Conditions of the Obligations of the Initial Purchaser. The
obligations  of the Initial  Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Notes will be
subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the
Company and the SPE contained or  incorporated  herein as of the date hereof and
as of the Closing  Date,  to the accuracy of the  statements  of officers of the
Company and the SPE made pursuant to the provisions  hereof,  to the performance
by the Company and the SPE of their respective  obligations hereunder and to the
following additional conditions precedent:

                  (a) Each of the  Company and the SPE shall have  delivered  to
the  Initial  Purchaser  a  certificate,  dated the  Closing  Date,  of a senior
executive officer acceptable to the Initial  Purchaser,  to the effect that such
officer has carefully  examined this  Agreement and the  Memorandum and that, to
the  best  of  such  officer's   knowledge  after  due  inquiry  and  reasonable
investigation (i) the representations and warranties of the Company and the SPE,
as  applicable,  in this  Agreement  and in the case of the Company in the Trust


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

Agreement are true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing
Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing  Date,  (ii) the Company and
the SPE have complied with all the  agreements  and satisfied all the conditions
on its part to be  performed  or  satisfied  at or prior to the Closing Date and
(iii)  nothing has come to the  attention  of such  officer that would lead such
officer to believe  that the  Memorandum  contains  any  untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were
made, not misleading.

                  (b) On the Closing  Date,  the  Transaction  Documents and all
Classes of the Notes shall have been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
the parties thereto (other than the Initial  Purchaser),  shall be in full force
and effect and no default shall exist thereunder on the part of the Company, the
SPE or the Issuer,  and the Trustee  shall have  received a fully  executed copy
thereof  or,  with  respect to the Notes,  a  conformed  specimen  of each Class
thereof.  The  Transaction  Documents  and the  Notes  shall be in all  material
respects in the forms theretofore provided to the Initial Purchaser.

                  (c) The Initial  Purchaser  shall have  received from Bartlit,
Beck, Herman,  Palenchar & Scott,  special counsel for the Company,  the SPE and
the  Issuer,   favorable  opinions,   dated  the  Closing  Date  and  reasonably
satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Initial  Purchaser  and its counsel,
substantially to the effect that:

                  (i) The SPE has been duly  organized  and each of the  Company
         and the SPE is validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the State of its  organization  with the power and authority to own its
         assets and to conduct  its  business  as such assets are then owned and
         such business is then conducted,  and, in each case, as contemplated by
         the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and to enter into and
         perform its obligations under the Transaction  Documents to which it is
         a party.

                  (ii) Each Transaction Document to which the Company or the SPE
         is a party has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
         by the Company and/or the SPE, as applicable,  and each constitutes the
         legal,  valid and binding  agreement of the Company  and/or the SPE, as
         applicable,  enforceable  against  the Company  and/or the  Issuer,  as
         applicable,   in  accordance  with  its  terms,   subject,  as  to  the
         enforcement  of  remedies,   to  applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

         reorganization,  moratorium,  receivership  and similar laws  affecting
         creditors'  rights  generally  and  to  general  principles  of  equity
         (regardless  of whether the  enforcement of such remedies is considered
         in a proceeding  in equity or at law) and subject,  in the case of this
         Agreement, to public policy constraints regarding indemnification.

                  (iii) With respect to each  Transaction  Document to which the
         Issuer is a party and assuming that such Transaction  Document has been
         duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer, such Transaction
         Document  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding  agreement  of the
         Issuer  enforceable  against  the Issuer in  accordance  with its terms
         subject, as to the enforcement of remedies,  to applicable  bankruptcy,
         insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, receivership and similar laws
         affecting  creditors'  rights  generally  and to general  principles of
         equity  (regardless  of whether  the  enforcement  of such  remedies is
         considered  in a proceeding  in equity or at law) and  subject,  in the
         case  of  this  Agreement,   to  public  policy  constraints  regarding
         indemnification.

                  (iv) When the Notes  have been duly  executed,  delivered  and
         authenticated  in accordance  with the Indenture and delivered and paid
         for  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the Notes will be  validly  issued,
         outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture,  except that
         (A)   enforcement   may   be   subject   to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
         reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in
         effect relating to creditors'  rights generally and (B) enforcement may
         be limited  by  general  principles  of equity  (regardless  of whether
         enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (v) None of the  execution  and  delivery  of the  Transaction
         Documents  to which the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer is a party,  or
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by either the Transaction
         Documents or the Notes, or the grant of the security  interest pursuant
         to the  Indenture  will (A)  conflict  with or violate,  or result in a
         breach of or  constitute a default  under any  organizational  or other
         constituent  document of or, to such counsel's  knowledge,  any statute
         currently  applicable  to  the  Company,  the  SPE or  the  Issuer,  as
         applicable,  or,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  any  order,  rule or
         regulation  currently  applicable to the Company or the Issuer,  as the


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

         case may be, of any court,  regulatory body,  administrative  agency or
         governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company,  the SPE or the
         Issuer,  as the  case  may  be,  or (B) to  such  counsel's  knowledge,
         conflict with or violate,  result in a material breach of or constitute
         a  material  default  under  the  terms  of any  indenture,  agreement,
         mortgage,  deed of trust or other  agreement or instrument to which the
         Company,  the SPE or the Issuer is a party or by which the Company, the
         SPE or the Issuer or any of their respective properties are bound.

                  (vi)  To  such  counsel's  knowledge,  there  are no  actions,
         proceedings or investigations pending or threatened,  before any court,
         regulatory   body,   administrative   agency  or  other   tribunal   or
         governmental instrumentality (1) asserting the invalidity of any of the
         Transaction Documents or any Class of the Notes, (2) seeking to prevent
         the  issuance of any Class of the Notes or the  consummation  of any of
         the  transactions  contemplated by any of the Transaction  Documents or
         (3)  seeking any  determination  or ruling  that might  materially  and
         adversely affect the performance by the Company,  the SPE or the Issuer
         of  their   respective   obligations   under,   or  the   validity   or
         enforceability of, any of the Transaction Documents or any Class of the
         Notes.

                  (vii) The issuance of the Notes  pursuant to the Indenture and
         the sale of each Class of the Notes to the Initial  Purchaser  pursuant
         to this  Agreement,  the  compliance  by the  Company,  the SPE and the
         Issuer, as applicable, with the Transaction Documents and the Notes and
         the   consummation  of  the  other   transactions   herein  or  therein
         contemplated  do not  and  will  not  require  the  consent,  approval,
         authorization,  order,  registration  or  qualification  of or with any
         court or  governmental  authority,  except such  approvals as have been
         obtained,  and such as may be required under state  securities  laws or
         "blue sky" laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
         distribution by the Initial Purchaser of the Notes.

                  (viii) The Indenture is not required to be qualified under the
         Trust Indenture Act.

                  (ix) The offer and sale of the Notes to the Initial  Purchaser
         and to  persons  purchasing  directly  from the  Initial  Purchaser  in
         connection with the Initial Purchaser's initial sale of each such Class
         of the Notes,  in each case in the  manner and under the  circumstances
         contemplated  by the  Memorandum,  the Indenture and this Agreement are
         not transactions requiring registration of any Class of the Notes under
         the Securities Act.

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

                  (x) Following execution and delivery of all of the Transaction
         Documents, all of the Company's and the SPE's right, title and interest
         in and to the Pooled  Certificates have been conveyed to the Issuer and
         the  Issuer  has duly  and  validly  pledged,  assigned  and,  with the
         exception   of  three  lost  Pooled   Certificates   described  in  the
         Memorandum, delivered the Pooled Certificates (whether by book entry or
         by physical  delivery)  to the  Trustee and the Trustee has  acquired a
         perfected first priority security  interest in the Collateral,  subject
         to no prior lien, mortgage,  security interest,  pledge, adverse claim,
         charge or other encumbrance of which such counsel has notice.

                  (xi) The  Company is not,  and  neither the SPE nor the Issuer
         will  become,  as a  result  of the  transactions  contemplated  in the
         Indenture  and  this  Agreement,   an  "investment   company"  that  is
         registered or is required to be registered under the Investment Company
         Act (or an "affiliated person" of any such "affiliated person") as such
         terms are defined in the Investment Company Act.

                  Such  opinion  may:  (a)  express  its  reliance as to factual
matters on  certificates  of government  officials and the  representations  and
warranties made by, and on the  certificates  or other  documents  furnished by,
officers  of the  parties  to the  Transaction  Documents;  (b)  assume  the due
authorization,  execution and delivery of the instruments and documents referred
to therein by the parties thereto other than the Company and the SPE; and (c) be
based upon assumptions and subject to  qualifications  typically made by Bartlit
Beck Herman  Palenchar & Scott with  respect to the opinion  described in clause
(x) above.  Alternatively,  the  opinion in clause  (x) or the  portion  thereof
governed by  Massachusetts  law may be  rendered  by Peabody & Arnold.  "To such
counsel's  knowledge" shall mean the actual knowledge of the Bartlit Beck Herman
Palenchar & Scott attorneys involved in the  representation of the Company,  the
SPE and the Issuer in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,
without  independent  investigation.  Bartlit Beck Herman  Palenchar & Scott may
rely on special Maryland counsel as to matters of Maryland law and on counsel to
the Owner  Trustee as to matters of Delaware  law as they  pertain to the Issuer
and on Peabody & Arnold as to matters of Massachusetts law.

                  Such  counsel  shall also confirm that nothing has come to the
attention  of such  counsel  that  would lead such  counsel to believe  that the
Memorandum,  as of its date,  and at the Closing Date,  contained or contains an
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact
necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances
under which they were made,  not misleading  (other than  financial  statements,


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

schedules and other numerical, financial and statistical data contained therein,
and the matters referred to in the second full paragraph of Section 8(g) of this
Agreement as to which such counsel need express no view).

                  (d) The Initial  Purchaser  shall have received from Peabody &
Arnold,  counsel to the Trustee, a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date and
reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial  Purchaser and its
counsel, to the effect that:

                  (i)  The  Trustee  has  been  duly  organized  and is  validly
         existing and in good standing as a banking  corporation  under the laws
         of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  with full power and authority to
         execute and deliver the  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a party
         and perform its obligations thereunder.

             (ii) The Indenture has been duly and validly  authorized,  executed
         and  delivered  by the Trustee  and  constitutes  the legal,  valid and
         binding  agreement  of the Trustee  enforceable  against the Trustee in
         accordance with its terms,  subject, as to the enforcement of remedies,
         to  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,   moratorium,
         receivership and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
         to general  principles of equity (regardless of whether the enforcement
         of such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

            (iii) No consent,  approval or  authorization  of, or  registration,
         declaration or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body of
         the United States of America or the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  is
         required for the  execution,  delivery or performance by the Trustee of
         the Indenture.

             (iv) Neither the  authentication  and delivery of each Class of the
         Notes by the Trustee nor the  execution  and delivery by the Trustee of
         the  Indenture  and the  performance  by the Trustee of the  respective
         terms thereof  conflict with or result in a violation of (A) any law or
         regulation  of the  United  States of America  or the  Commonwealth  of
         Massachusetts  governing the banking or trust powers of the Trustee and
         (B) the charter documents or by-laws of the Trustee.

             (v)  Each  Class of the Notes  have  been  duly  authenticated  and
         delivered by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture.


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

             (vi) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no actions,
         proceedings  or  investigations   pending  or  threatened   against  or
         affecting   the   Trustee   before   or  by  any   court,   arbitrator,
         administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   authority  which,  if
         adversely decided, would materially and adversely affect the ability of
         the  Trustee  to  carry  out  the  transactions   contemplated  in  the
         Transaction Documents.

                  (e) The Initial  Purchaser  shall have received from Richards,
Layton & Finger,  counsel to the Owner Trustee, a favorable  opinion,  dated the
Closing Date and  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and substance to the Initial
Purchaser and its counsel, to the effect that:

                  (i) The Owner Trustee is a Delaware  banking  corporation duly
         incorporated  and  validly  existing  under  the  laws of the  State of
         Delaware.

                  (ii) The Owner  Trustee  has the full power and  authority  to
         accept the office of owner  trustee  under the Trust  Agreement  and to
         enter into and perform its  obligations  under the Trust  Agreement and
         the transactions contemplated thereby.

                  (iii) The execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement by the
         Owner  Trustee  and  the  performance  by  the  Owner  Trustee  of  its
         obligations  under the Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all
         necessary  action of the Owner Trustee and the Trust Agreement has been
         duly  executed and  delivered by the Owner  Trustee and  constitutes  a
         legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the Owner Trustee  enforceable
         against the Owner Trustee in accordance  with its terms,  except as the
         enforceability  thereof may be (a) limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or other similar laws affecting
         the  rights  of  creditors  generally,   and  (b)  subject  to  general
         principals  of equity  (regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is
         considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (iv) The  execution  and delivery by the Owner  Trustee of the
         Trust  Agreement  and the  consummation  by the  Owner  Trustee  of the
         transactions  contemplated thereby do not require any consent, approval
         or authorization of, or any registration or filing with, any applicable
         governmental  authority  of the  State of  Delaware  which has not been
         obtained or done.


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

                  (v)  Neither  the  consummation  by the Owner  Trustee  of the
         transactions  contemplated in the Trust Agreement,  nor the fulfillment
         of the terms thereof by the Owner Trustee will conflict with, result in
         a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the articles of
         organization,  by-laws or other  organizational  documents of the Owner
         Trustee.

                  Such opinion may contain such assumptions,  qualifications and
limitations  as are  customary  in  opinions  of this  type  and are  reasonably
acceptable to counsel to the Initial Purchaser.  In rendering such opinion, such
counsel  may  state  that  they  express  no  opinion  as to  the  laws  of  any
jurisdiction  other  than  the  Federal  law of the  United  States  of  America
governing  the  banking  and  trust  powers  of WTC and the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                  (f) The Initial  Purchaser  shall have  received an opinion of
Richards,  Layton & Finger,  special Delaware counsel for the Issuer,  dated the
Closing Date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Initial  Purchaser and
its counsel, to the effect that:

                  (i) The  Trust  Agreement  is the  legal,  valid  and  binding
         agreement of the Owner  Trustee,  the Company and the SPE,  enforceable
         against the Owner Trustee,  the Company and the SPE in accordance  with
         its terms subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,
         receivership,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance and similar laws
         relating  to  and  affecting  the  rights  and  remedies  of  creditors
         generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless of whether considered
         and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law),  and (iii) the effect
         of  applicable  public  policy  on  the  enforceability  of  provisions
         relating to indemnification or contribution.

                  (ii) The  Certificate  of Trust has been duly  filed  with the
         Secretary of State of the State of  Delaware.  The Issuer has been duly
         formed and is validly  existing as a business  trust under the Delaware
         Business Trust Act.

                  (iii) The Issuer has the power and  authority  under the Trust
         Agreement and the Delaware  Business Trust Act to execute,  deliver and
         perform its obligations under the Transaction  Documents to which it is
         a party, the Notes and the Trust Certificates.

                  (iv)  The  Issuer  has  duly   authorized   and  executed  the
         Transaction  Documents to which it is a party,  the Notes and the Trust
         Certificates.


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

                      (v) The Issuer has the power under the Trust Agreement and
         the  Delaware  Business  Trust  Act to pledge  the Trust  Estate to the
         Trustee as security for the Notes.

                     (vi)  The  Trust  Certificates  have  been  executed,   and
         delivered by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust upon the order of
         the Company in accordance  with the Trust  Agreement and when delivered
         to and paid for pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust Certificates
         will be validly  issued and  outstanding,  and the holders of record of
         such  Certificates  will be  entitled to the  benefits  accorded by the
         Trust  Agreement  subject  to (i)  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         moratorium,  receivership,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance and
         similar  laws  relating  to and  affecting  the rights and  remedies of
         creditors  generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless of whether
         considered  and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (iii)
         the  effect  of  applicable  public  policy  on the  enforceability  of
         provisions relating to indemnification or contribution.

                    (vii) The Notes have been authorized, executed and delivered
         by the Owner  Trustee  on  behalf  of the  Trust  upon the order of the
         Company in accordance with the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.

                   (viii) To the extent that Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial
         Code as in effect  in the State of  Delaware  (the  "Delaware  UCC") is
         applicable  (without  regard  to  conflicts  of laws  principles),  and
         assuming  that the security  interest  created by the  Indenture in the
         Issuer's   rights  in  the  Indemnity   Agreements  and  other  general
         intangibles has been duly created and has attached,  upon the filing of
         a UCC-1 financing statement with the Secretary of State of the State of
         Delaware,  the Trustee will have a perfected  security  interest in the
         Trust's  rights  in  such   Indemnity   Agreements  and  other  general
         intangibles and the proceeds  thereof;  and such security interest will
         be prior to any other security  interest  granted by the Issuer that is
         perfected  solely  by the  filing  of  financing  statements  under the
         Delaware UCC.

                     (ix) No re-filing  or other  action is necessary  under the
         Delaware  UCC in the  State  of  Delaware  in  order  to  maintain  the
         perfection  of the security  interest  referenced  above except for the
         filing of continuation statements at five-year intervals.


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

                      (x) Under ss. 3805(b) of the Delaware  Business Trust Act,
         no creditor of any holder of Trust Certificates shall have any right to
         obtain possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable remedies
         with respect to, the property of the Issuer except in  accordance  with
         the terms of the Trust Agreement subject to (i) applicable  bankruptcy,
         insolvency,  moratorium,   receivership,   reorganization,   fraudulent
         conveyance  and similar laws  relating to and  affecting the rights and
         remedies of creditors generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless
         of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law),
         and (iii) the effect of applicable public policy on the  enforceability
         of provisions relating to indemnification or contribution.

                     (xi) Under ss. 3805(c) of the Delaware  Business Trust Act,
         and  assuming  that good  title to the  assets  referred  to therein is
         conveyed  to the  Issuer  pursuant  to the  Trust  Agreement  as a true
         contribution and not as a security arrangement, the Issuer, rather than
         any  holder of the  Trust  Certificates,  is the  owner of such  assets
         subject  to  (i)   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   moratorium,
         receivership,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance and similar laws
         relating  to  and  affecting  the  rights  and  remedies  of  creditors
         generally,  (ii) principles of equity (regardless of whether considered
         and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law),  and (iii) the effect
         of  applicable  public  policy  on  the  enforceability  of  provisions
         relating to indemnification or contribution.

                    (xii) The  execution  and  delivery by the Owner  Trustee on
         behalf of the Issuer, of the Transaction  Documents to which the Issuer
         is a party do not require any consent, approval or authorization of, or
         any  registration  or filing with,  any  governmental  authority of the
         State of Delaware,  except for the filing of the  Certificate  of Trust
         with the Secretary of State.

                   (xiii)  Neither  the   consummation  by  the  Issuer  of  the
         transactions  contemplated by the Trust Agreement or, the  transactions
         contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is a party
         nor the  fulfillment  of the terms  thereof by the Issuer will conflict


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

         with or  result  in a breach  or  violation  of any law of the State of
         Delaware.

                  Such opinion may contain such assumptions,  qualifications and
limitations  as are  customary  in  opinions  of this  type  and are  reasonably
acceptable to counsel to the Initial Purchaser.  In rendering such opinion, such
counsel  may  state  that  they  express  no  opinion  as to  the  laws  of  any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  (g) The Initial  Purchaser  shall have received from Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP,  counsel for the Initial  Purchaser,  a favorable  opinion,
dated the Closing  Date and  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Initial
Purchaser and shall include therein an opinion substantially to the effect that:

                  The statements in the Memorandum  under the headings  "SUMMARY
- -- ERISA Considerations," "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" and "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES",  to the extent that they constitute  statements of matters of law
or legal  conclusions  with respect  thereto,  have been prepared or reviewed by
such counsel and provide a fair and accurate summary of such law or conclusions.

                  (h) The  Initial  Purchaser  shall  have  received  from  E&Y,
Kenneth Levanthal certified public accountants, letters, dated as of the date of
the Memorandum and as of the Closing Date,  respectively,  and  satisfactory  in
form and  substance to the Initial  Purchaser and its counsel to the effect that
they have performed certain specified procedures,  all of which have been agreed
to by the  Initial  Purchaser,  as a result of which the Initial  Purchaser  has
determined  that certain  information  set forth in the  Memorandum  agrees with
calculations performed by such accountants.

                   (i) The Notes shall have been rated as follows by Moody's:

Class of Notes                                             Moody's Rating
- --------------                                             --------------

Class A Notes                                              "Baa3"
Class B Notes                                              "Ba2"
Class C Notes                                              "B3"
Class D Notes                                              Unrated

                  (j) The Initial Purchaser shall have received a certificate of
the  Trustee,  as to  the  due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery  of the
Indenture and each Class of the Notes.


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

                  (k) Bartlit  Beck Herman  Palenchar & Scott  and/or  Peabody &
Arnold shall have provided such true sale,  first  perfected  security  interest
and/or  non-consolidation  opinions to Moody's as it shall have  requested.  The
Initial  Purchaser shall have received any and all opinions of counsel  supplied
to Moody's in connection  with the rating of certain  Classes of the Notes.  Any
such opinions shall be addressed to the Initial Purchaser or shall indicate that
the Initial Purchaser may rely on such opinions as though they were addressed to
the Initial Purchaser, and shall be dated the Closing Date.

                  (l)  All  proceedings  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, and all documents incidental hereto and thereto,
shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial Purchaser
and its counsel,  and the Initial  Purchaser and its counsel shall have received
such information, certificates and documents as they may reasonably request.

                  If any of the conditions specified in this Section 8 shall not
have been  fulfilled  in all  material  respects  when and as  provided  by this
Agreement,  or if  any of the  opinions  and  certificates  mentioned  above  or
elsewhere in this  Agreement  shall not be in all material  respects  reasonably
satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Initial  Purchaser  and its counsel,
this  Agreement and all  obligations of the Initial  Purchaser  hereunder may be
canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Initial Purchaser.
Notice of such  cancellation  shall be given to the  Company in  writing,  or by
telephone or telegraph confirmed in writing.

                  9.       Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a) The Company and the SPE  jointly  and  severally  agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Initial  Purchaser  against all losses,  claims,
damages,  or liabilities,  joint or several,  to which the Initial Purchaser may
become  subject,  under the  Securities  Act,  the Exchange  Act, or  otherwise,
insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  Memorandum,  or any Rule 144A
Information  provided  by the  Company,  the SPE or the  Issuer to any holder or
prospective purchaser of any Class of the Notes pursuant to Section 5(a)(vi), or
any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the
omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading,  and will reimburse the Initial Purchaser


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

for any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by it in connection  with
investigating  or defending  against such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability,  or
action; provided,  however, that (i) the Company and the SPE shall not be liable
for any  indemnification  obligation pursuant to this Section 9(a) to the extent
but only to the extent that any such loss,  claim,  damage,  or liability arises
out of or is based upon an untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  or
omission or alleged omission made in the Memorandum or any Rule 144A Information
provided by the Company or the Issuer to any holder or prospective  purchaser of
any Class of the Notes  pursuant to Section 5(g), or any amendment or supplement
thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
the Company, the SPE or the Issuer by the Initial Purchaser specifically for use
in the  preparation  thereof,  and  (ii)  such  indemnity  with  respect  to the
Memorandum  shall not inure to the  benefit  of the  Initial  Purchaser  (or any
person  controlling the Initial  Purchaser)  from whom the person  asserting any
such loss,  claim,  damage or liability  purchased such Class of the Notes which
are the  subject  thereof  if such  person did not  receive,  in the event it is
amended or  supplemented,  the Memorandum as amended or supplemented at or prior
to the  confirmation  of the sale of such Class of the Notes to such person,  if
such Memorandum as amended or supplemented  was timely  forwarded to the Initial
Purchaser as required by this Agreement and the untrue  statement or omission of
a material fact contained in such  Memorandum was corrected in the Memorandum as
amended or supplemented.

                  (b) The Initial Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the
Company,  the SPE  and the  Issuer  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages,  or
liabilities to which any of them may become  subject,  under the Securities Act,
the  Exchange Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages,  or
liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
in each case to the extent,  but only to the extent,  that such untrue statement
or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged omission was made therein in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company, the SPE or the Issuer by the Initial Purchaser  specifically for use in
the preparation  thereof,  and will reimburse the Company, the SPE or the Issuer
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Issuer
in connection  with  investigating  or defending  against any such loss,  claim,
damage,  liability  or  action;  provided,  however,  that in no case  shall the


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

Initial  Purchaser be liable or responsible  for any amount in excess of the sum
of the Placement and  Structuring  Fee and the Excess  Proceeds in excess of the
Issuer Portion of the Excess Proceeds received by the Initial Purchaser pursuant
to this Agreement. The Company, the SPE and the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser
acknowledge that the only information  furnished to the Company,  the SPE or the
Issuer by the Initial  Purchaser  specifically for use in the preparation of the
Memorandum is the information  under the heading "PLAN OF  DISTRIBUTION"  in the
Memorandum.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such  indemnified  party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under  this  Section  9,  notify  the  indemnifying  party  in  writing  of  the
commencement  thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve the  indemnifying  party from any liability  which the  indemnifying
party  may  have  to any  indemnified  party  (unless  such  failure  to  notify
materially  prejudices the  indemnifying  party or its ability to defend against
such claim).  In case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,
and it  notifies  the  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  therein,  and to the extent
that the  indemnifying  party may elect,  by  written  notice  delivered  to the
indemnified  party  promptly  after  receiving  the  aforesaid  notice from such
indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to
such  indemnified  party  (which may be counsel  representing  the  indemnifying
party);  provided,  however,  that if the  defendants in any such action include
both the indemnified party and the indemnifying  party and the indemnified party
shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it
and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have
the right to select  separate  counsel  to assert  such  legal  defenses  and to
otherwise  participate  in  the  defense  of  such  action  on  behalf  of  such
indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party
to such indemnified party of the indemnifying  party's election so to assume the
defense of such action and  approval by the  indemnified  party of counsel,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
Section  9 for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
indemnified  party  in  connection  with  the  defense  thereof  unless  (i) the
indemnified  party shall have employed  separate  counsel in connection with the
assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding
sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be
liable for the expenses of more than one separate  firm plus  appropriate  local


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

counsel,  approved by the Initial Purchaser in the case of paragraph (a) of this
Section 9, representing the indemnified parties under such paragraph (a) who are
parties to such  action),  (ii) the  indemnifying  party shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party
within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the
indemnifying  party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified
party at the expense of the  indemnifying  party; and except that, if clause (i)
or (iii) is applicable,  such liability  shall be only in respect of the counsel
referred to in such  clause (i) or (iii).  The  indemnifying  party shall not be
liable for any  settlement  of any action  effected  without  its prior  written
consent,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld, but if settled with
such consent,  the indemnifying party shall indemnify the indemnified party from
and against any indemnifiable losses,  claims, damages and liabilities by reason
of such settlement.  No indemnifying party who has elected to assume the defense
of such action  shall,  without  the prior  written  consent of the  indemnified
party,  effect any settlement of any pending or threatened  action in respect of
which any  indemnified  party is or could have been a party and indemnity  could
have been sought  hereunder by such  indemnified  party  unless such  settlement
includes an unconditional  release of such indemnified  party from all liability
on any claims that are the subject matter of such action.

                  (d) If the  indemnification  provided for in this Section 9 is
unavailable  or  insufficient  to  hold  harmless  an  indemnified  party  under
subsection (a) or (b) above,  then each  indemnifying  party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages, or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i)
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received
by the Company, the SPE and the Issuer on the one hand and the Initial Purchaser
on the other from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the  allocation  provided
by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative  benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer on the
one  hand  and the  Initial  Purchaser  on the  other  in  connection  with  the
statements  or omissions  that  resulted in such  losses,  claims,  damages,  or
liabilities,  as  well  as any  other  relevant  equitable  considerations.  The
relative  benefits  received by the  Company,  the SPE and the Issuer on the one
hand and the  Initial  Purchaser  on the other shall be deemed to be in the same
proportion  as the  Gross  Proceeds  from  the  offering  of the  Notes  (before
deducting  expenses)  received  by the Company and the Issuer bear to the sum of


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

the  Placement  and  Structuring  Fee and the Excess  Proceeds  in excess of the
Issuer Portion of the Excess Proceeds (before  deducting  expenses)  received by
the Initial  Purchaser.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the  omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to
information  supplied by the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer on the one hand or
the Initial Purchaser on the other and the parties' relative intent,  knowledge,
access to  information,  and  opportunity  to  correct or  prevent  such  untrue
statement  or  omission.  The  Company,  the SPE,  the  Issuer  and the  Initial
Purchaser  agree  that it  would  not be just  and  equitable  if  contributions
pursuant to this  subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or
by any other method of  allocation  that does not take account of the  equitable
considerations  referred to in the first  sentence of this  subsection  (d). The
amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,  damages,
or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be
deemed  to  include  any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such
indemnified  party in connection  with  investigating  or defending  against any
action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the
provisions of this subsection  (d), the Initial  Purchaser shall not be required
to contribute any amount in excess of the Underwriting Fees. No person guilty of
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the
Securities  Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  (e) The  obligations  of the  Company,  the SPE and the Issuer
under this  Section 9 shall be in addition to any  liability  which the Company,
the SPE or the Issuer may otherwise  have and shall extend,  upon the same terms
and  conditions,  to each person,  if any,  who  controls the Initial  Purchaser
within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20(a) of the
Exchange Act.

                  10. Survival of Certain  Representations and Obligations.  The
respective  indemnities,  agreements,  representations,   warranties  and  other
statements of the Company or the Issuer or their respective  officers and of the
Initial  Purchaser set forth in or made pursuant to this  Agreement or contained
in certificates  of officers of the Company,  the SPE, the Issuer or the Initial
Purchaser submitted pursuant hereto shall remain operative and in full force and
effect,  regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof,
made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchaser or of the Company,  the SPE or the


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

Issuer or any of their respective representatives,  officers or directors or any
controlling  person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Notes. The
provisions  of  Sections  6  and 9  hereof  shall  survive  the  termination  or
cancellation of this Agreement.

                  11. No Bankruptcy Filing. Each of the Company, the SPE and the
Initial  Purchaser  agrees not to cause the filing of a  petition  or  otherwise
institute any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceeding or other  proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar
law against  the Issuer  until at least 91 days after the payment in full of all
Classes of the Notes issued under the Indenture.  The Company will not institute
against  the SPE any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency  or
liquidation  proceedings or other proceedings under any United States federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law.

                  12.   Termination.   This   Agreement   shall  be  subject  to
termination in the absolute  discretion of the Initial Purchaser by notice given
to the Company,  the SPE and the Issuer prior to delivery of and payment for the
Notes  if  there  has  occurred  any of the  following:  (i) any  suspension  or
limitation of trading in securities  generally on the New York or American Stock
Exchanges,  or any  setting of minimum or maximum  prices or maximum  ranges for
trading of securities shall have been required on the New York or American Stock
Exchanges by the New York or American Stock  Exchanges or by order of the SEC or
any other governmental authority having jurisdiction;  (ii) any declaration of a
banking  moratorium  by  Federal  or New  York  authorities  or of  any  banking
moratorium in foreign exchange trading by major  international banks or persons;
or (iii) any outbreak or  escalation  of major  hostilities  in which the United
States  is  involved  or  any  declaration  of  war by  Congress,  or any  other
substantial national or international  calamity or emergency if, in the judgment
of the Initial Purchaser,  the effect of any such change makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the Notes.

                  13. Notices. All communications  hereunder shall be in writing
and effective  only on receipt,  and if sent to the Initial  Purchaser  shall be
delivered,  mailed or telecopied and confirmed to the Initial Purchaser at Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. at 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167, Attention: Sara
M. Bonesteel  (facsimile  number:  (212)  272-2718),  with a copy in the case of
communications  under  Section 10 to  Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP,  180 Maiden
Lane, New York, New York 10038,  Attention:  Lois L. Weinroth,  Esq.  (facsimile
number:  (212)  806-6006);  if to the  Company or the SPE,  shall be  delivered,
mailed or telecopied  and  confirmed to Asset  Investors  Corporation,  or Asset
Investors Secured Financing Corporation,  3600 South Yosemite Street, Suite 350,


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

Denver,  Colorado  80237  Attention:  Kevin  Nystrom  (facsimile  number:  (303)
771-3461);  and if to the Issuer,  shall be delivered,  mailed or telecopied and
confirmed to Structured  Mortgage Trust 1997-1, c/o Wilmington Trust Company, as
Owner  Trustee,  1100 North Market  Street,  Rodney  Square  North,  Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-0001 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (facsimile number:
(302) 651-8882), with a copy to the Company at the above address.

                  14.  Successors.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and the
officers and directors and controlling  persons referred to in Section 10 and no
other person will have any right or obligations hereunder.

                  15.  Severability  of  Provisions.  Any  covenant,  provision,
agreement or term of this  Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability  without  invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  16. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire
agreement and  understanding  of the parties  hereto with respect to the matters
and  transactions  contemplated  hereby and supersedes all prior  agreements and
understandings whatsoever relating to such matters and transactions.

                  17. Amendment.  Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may
be changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument
in writing signed by the party against whom  enforcement of the change,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

                  18.  Headings.  The  headings  in this  Agreement  are for the
purposes of reference  only and shall not limit or otherwise  affect the meaning
hereof.

                  19.  Applicable  Law. THIS  AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

                  20.   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall
together constitute one instrument.

                  21. Limited Liability.  It is expressly  understood and agreed
by the parties  hereto that (a) this  Agreement  is executed  and  delivered  by
Wilmington  Trust company,  not individually or personally but solely as trustee


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

of Structured  Mortgage Trust 1997-1 under the Trust Agreement dated as of March
26, 1997, with Asset Investors  Corporation,  as Depositor,  and Asset Investors
Secured  Financing  Corporation,  in the  exercise  of the powers and  authority
conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the  representations,  undertakings  and
agreements  herein  made on the part of the Issuer is made and  intended  not as
personal  representations,  undertakings  and  agreements  by  Wilmington  Trust
Company but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c)
nothing  herein  contained  shall be  construed  as creating  any  liability  on
Wilmington  Trust Company,  individually or personally,  to perform any covenant
either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability,  if any, being
expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or
under the parties hereto and (d) under no  circumstances  shall Wilmington Trust
Company be personally  liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of
the  Issuer  or  be  liable  for  the  breach  or  failure  of  any  obligation,
representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this
Agreement or any other related document.


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>




                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your  understanding  of
our  agreement,  kindly  sign and return to us the  enclosed  duplicate  hereof,
whereupon it will become a binding  agreement among the Company,  the Issuer and
the Initial Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

                            Very truly yours,

                            ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION

                            By:  /s/ Leslie B. Fox
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Name:  Leslie B. Fox
                               Title:  President and Chief Operating Officer

                            ASSET INVESTORS SECURED
                                FINANCING CORPORATION

                            By:  /s/ Leslie B. Fox
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Name:  Leslie B. Fox
                               Title:  President and Chief Operating Officer

                            STRUCTURED MORTGAGE TRUST 1997-1

                            By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                    not in its individual
                                    capacity but as Owner
                                    Trustee


                            By:_________________________
                                Name:  _________________
                                Title:  ________________





The foregoing Note Purchase
Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date
first written above.

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.



By: /s/ Thomas Marano
    --------------------------
    Name:
    Title:





                                     - 31 -


                            [STATE OF COLORADO SEAL]


                                STATE OF COLORADO
                               DEPARTMENT OF STATE
                                   CERTIFICATE

                 I,  VICTORIA  BUCKLEY,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE OF THE  STATE  OF

COLORADO  HEREBY  CERTIFY  THAT

                 ACCORDING TO THE RECORDS OF THIS OFFICE

                           ASSET INVESTORS CORPORATION
                             (MARYLAND CORPORATION)

FILE #  19871709364  WAS  FILED IN THIS  OFFICE  ON  February  04,  1987 AND HAS
COMPLIED WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO AND
ON THIS DATE IS IN GOOD  STANDING  AND  AUTHORIZED  AND  COMPETENT  TO  TRANSACT
BUSINESS OR TO CONDUCT ITS AFFAIRS WITHIN THIS STATE.



Dated: March 14, 1997










                              /s/Victoria Buckley
                         -----------------------------
                               SECRETARY OF STATE











© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission